Skip to main content

Full text of "Indian Ocean CURRENT : six artistic narratives : Shiraz Bayjoo, Shilpa Gupta, Nicholas Hlobo, Wangechi Mutu, Penny Siopis, Hajra Waheed"

See other formats










*. as 
* 
. oe ° 
. . 
. . Ais 
») Sete . 
of . 
. *. . 
. 
hee Me 
© * 
. . 
. 
a o © * o's 
é 
. . . 
* ® * 
= * 
+ = “if 
s . . 
° . « 
. ue . 
‘ . 
. 
s * 
. 


+ 
Peate® vy, 
. 7 
*eeesv** 





ot % 7 Bete 


e?* 


- 
a”? 
* 


*eeeet te. 





* 
"« 
*. 
+ oe 
. . . 
a5 trae as eet 
, es 
*. e er tte 
. 
eee? 
. 
. * 
. * 
° ’ 
. 
. 2 . 
’ w ° 
en ¢.0 8” oa 
‘. « . 
. . 
=e. ous 
ave 
eve 


oe = 
PL Mates Sees? oe 


fp ACR AR” eees® 





Indian Ocean 


CURREN! 


SIX ARTISTIC NARRATIVES 


SHIRAZ BAYJOO * SHILPA GUPTA - NICHOLAS HLOBO 
WANGECHI MUTU : PENNY SIOPIS - HAJRA WAHEED 


Prasannan Parthasarathi, editor 
McMullen Museum of Art, Boston College 


This publication is issued in conjunction with the exhibition Indian Ocean Current: Six Artistic Narratives in the Daley Family and Monan 
Galleries at the McMullen Museum of Art, Boston College, January 27—May 31, 2020. Organized by the McMullen Museum, /ndian 
Ocean Current has been curated by Prasannan Parthasarathi and Salim Currimjee and underwritten by Boston College with major 
support from the Patrons of the McMullen Museum and Liliane and Christian Haub in honor of Marie-Liliane 713, Maximilian ’14, and 
Constantin 717 Haub. 


Library of Congress Control Number: 2019948581 
ISBN: 978-1-892850-40-9 


Distributed by the University of Chicago Press 
Printed in the United States of America 
© 2020 The Trustees of Boston College 


Copyeditor: Kate Shugert 
Designer: John McCoy 


Artists’ works appear with these acknowledgments: 

© 2013-14, 2016-17 Shiraz Bayjoo, courtesy of the artist and Ed Cross Fine Art, London 

© 2005—06, 2009-10, 2013 Shilpa Gupta, courtesy of the artist and Galleria Continua, San Gimignano, Beijing, Les Moulins, and La 
Habana 

© 2008, 2017 Nicholas Hlobo, courtesy of the artist and Lehmann Maupin, New York, Hong Kong, and Seoul 

© 2005, 2011, 2013, 2015 Wangechi Mutu, courtesy of the artist and Gladstone Gallery, New York and Brussels 

© 2018—19 Penny Siopis, courtesy of the artist and Stevenson Cape Town 

© 2016—17 Hajra Waheed, courtesy of the artist 


Front: Penny Siopis (b. 1953), detail of Warm Waters [5], 2018-19, glue, ink, and oil on paper, 12.2 x 8.7 in., 111 

Endpaper (front): Wangechi Mutu (b. 1972), detail of /’m too Misty, 2015, collage painting on linoleum, 40 x 33 in., 92 

Flyleaf (front): Nicholas Hlobo (b. 1975), detail of Amatholana asibhozo, 2017, ribbon and leather on canvas, 19.7 (diam.) x 2.1 in., 66, 
74 

Flyleaf (back): Shilpa Gupta (b. 1976), detail of Untitled (There Is No Border Here), 2005—06, wall drawing with self-adhesive tape, 
118 x 118 in., 40 

Endpaper (back): Hajra Waheed (b. 1980), detail of Untitled (MAP), 2016, infographic print on vellum, 304 x 25 in., 152—55 

Back: Shiraz Bayjoo (b. 1979), Extraordinary Quarantines #38, 2014, giclée print, 20 x 20 in., 23 


CONTENTS 


Preface 1 


Introduction 3 
Salim Currimjee & Prasannan Parthasarathi 


The Indian Ocean World 9 
David Northrup 


Shiraz Bayjoo 15 


Slavery and Histories of Unfreedom in the Indian Ocean 29 
Pedro Machado 


Shilpa Gupta 39 


What the Ocean Gives Us to Think 53 
Kalpana R. Seshadri 


Nicholas Hlobo 63 


Colonialism’s Afterlives and Invocations of Oceanic History 75 
Sana Aiyar 


Wangechi Mutu 85 
The Indian Ocean after 1945 93 


Bérénice Guyot-Réchard 
Penny Siopis 103 


Climate Change and the Future of the IndianOcean 141 
Sunil Amrith 


Hajra Waheed 151 
The State of the Indian Ocean: A Scientific Perspective 183 


Zara Currimjee 


Preface 


In 2016 Prasannan Parthasarathi, a professor in Boston College’s History Depart- 
ment, spoke to me about his long-standing research and teaching interests in the history 
of the Indian Ocean. He was writing a book on environmental change in nineteenth-cen- 
tury South India and had just returned from a research trip to Mauritius where he had 
studied the records of migrants from South India to that island. While there he had seen 
his old friend, the architect Salim Currimjee, founder of the Institute of Contemporary Art 
Indian Ocean, a platform for art education and public programming. He and Currimjee 
wondered if the McMullen might consider an exhibition of works by contemporary artists 
from lands bordering the ocean, one that would speak to the movement of goods, ideas, 
and people across it and to the consequences of its current rising water levels. 

Embracing the idea, the McMullen team met with Parthasarathi and Currimjee only 
to realize that the project had even richer possibilities than originally envisioned for 
exploring relationships between art and climate change. The project team then widened 
to include experts in climate science: Gail Kineke, a professor from Boston College’s 
Earth and Environmental Sciences Department, scientists Hyodae Seo, Sujata Murty, 
and Caroline Ummenhofer from the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, and Christo- 
pher Scotese of Northwestern University and the Field Museum. 

Concurrently, Currimjee proposed artists whose work in various media probe and 
stimulate dialogue about concerns within the diverse communities that now populate 
the Indian Ocean world. The McMullen was delighted when six outstanding artists with 
roots in different communities surrounding the western Indian Ocean, Shiraz Bayjoo, 
Shilpa Gupta, Nicholas Hlobo, Wangechi Mutu, Penny Siopis, and Hajra Waheed agreed 
to participate in the exhibition. 

The curators then assembled a team of distinguished scholars from a range of 
disciplines who were eager to write essays for the catalogue edited by Parthasarathi 
about the artists’ work and the issues they engender. The Museum is grateful to Sana 
Aiyar, Sunil Amrith, Salim Currimjee, Zara Currimjee, Bérénice Guyot-Réchard, Pedro 
Machado, David Northrup, Prasannan Parthasarathi, and Kalpana R. Seshadri for their 
contributions. 

This exhibition epitomizes what a university museum of art can contribute to the 
understanding of a crisis in a distant part of the world when faculty and other experts 
from the humanities, sciences, and social sciences collaborate on a project. It could not 
have been undertaken without the historical knowledge, vision, dedication, and enthu- 
siasm of Prasannan Parthasarathi and the art historical expertise of Salim Currimjee. 


1 


To both of them the Museum extends its 
deepest thanks for leading this project. 
Special thanks are also due to col- 
leagues at the McMullen Museum. Assis- 
tant Director Diana Larsen has designed 
the galleries innovatively to accommodate 
both art and scientific displays. Assistant 
Director John McCoy designed the cata- 
logue and adapted the digital didactics for 
the exhibition’s scientific component to 
reflect a contemporary aesthetic. Man- 
ager of Publications and Exhibitions Kate 
Shugert expertly oversaw the editing of 
the catalogue in addition to organizing 
all the loans. Rachel Chamberlain, Man- 
ager of Education, Outreach, and Digital 
Resources, has created a series of pro- 
grams and events to engage audiences 
with the artists’ works and reflect on cur- 
rent concerns in the Indian Ocean world. 
The spirit of collaboration carried over 
into other areas of our University. Profes- 
sor of Art Mark Cooper and Professor of 
Computer Science Lewis Tseng provided 
invaluable advice. The Institute for the 
Liberal Arts, directed by Professor Mary 
Crane, the Lowell Lecture Series, directed 
by Professor James Smith, along with 
the Asian Studies, History, and English 
Departments have supported related pro- 
grams; Jack Dunn and Rosanne Pellegrini 
of the Office of University Communications 
oversaw publicity; Anastos Chiavaras from 
the Office of Risk Management and Peter 


Preface 


Marino from the Center for Centers have 
aided, respectively, with securing insur- 
ance and budgeting. James Husson, Diana 
Griffith, and Ericka Webb of University 
Advancement have helped with funding. 

Of course, the exhibition would not 
have been possible without the munifi- 
cence and cooperation of its lenders. We 
extend thanks to each of the artists for 
their participation as well as to Ed Cross 
Fine Art; Galleria Continua (Mario Cris- 
tiani, Lorenzo Fiaschi, Maurizio Rigillo, 
and Margherita Tinagli); Lehmann Maupin 
(Anna Stothart, Amy Cosier, and Lisa 
McCarthy); Stevenson Cape Town (Joost 
Bosland and Marc Barben); Studio of 
Wangechi Mutu (Astrid Meek); Studio of 
Hajra Waheed (Tiffany Le); Museum Voor- 
linden, Wassenaar (Suzanne Swarts and 
Marie-Fleur Dijk); Midori Yamamura and 
Luis H. Francia; and an anonymous private 
collector. 

The McMullen remains grateful for the 
following Museum endowments that pro- 
vide vital support for all our projects: Linda 
64 and Adam Crescenzi Fund, Janet M. 
and C. Michael Daley 58 Fund, Gerard 
and Jane Gaughan Fund for Exhibitions, 
Hecksher Family Fund, Hightower Family 
Fund, John F. McCarthy and Gail M. Bayer 
Fund, Christopher J. Toomey ’78 Fund, 
and Alison S. and William M. Vareika ’74, 
P’09, ’15 Fund. 

The McMullen Museum could never 
have realized a project involving transport 
of works from around the world without 
the ongoing support of the administra- 
tion of Boston College and the McMullen 
Family Foundation. We especially thank 
Jacqueline McMullen, President William 
P. Leahy, SJ; Provost David Quigley; Vice 
Provost Billy Soo; and Morrissey Col- 
lege of Arts and Sciences Dean Gregory 
Kalscheur, SJ. Major support for the exhi- 
bition was provided by the Patrons of the 
McMullen Museum, chaired by C. Michael 
Daley, and by Liliane and Christian Haub 
in honor of Marie-Liliane ’13, Maximilian 
"14, and Constantin ’17 Haub. 

The contributions of all mentioned 
above have our profound appreciation for 


making possible /ndian Ocean Current's 
timely reflection on an area of urgent con- 
cern in our world. 


Nancy Netzer 
Inaugural Robert L. and Judith T. Winston 
Director and Professor of Art History 


Introduction 


Salim Currimjee & Prasannan Parthasarathi 


For thousands of years humans have plied the waters of the Indian Ocean. From 
ancient times to the nineteenth century, merchants carried cotton cloth from India to 
far-flung lands, returning with cargoes of horses, spices, and precious metals. In the 
sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, soldiers from East Africa fought in the armies of 
kings in western and southern India, on occasion themselves becoming rulers in their 
own right. Islam traveled from its home in the Arabian Peninsula across the Indian Ocean 
to South and Southeast Asia and for centuries Muslims from these areas have made the 
journey in reverse in the great pilgrimage to Mecca. The ocean made all this possible and 
for many millennia humans and water have been inextricably linked in the Indian Ocean 
world. 

Indian Ocean Current: Six Artistic Narratives explores the contemporary legacy of 
this long movement of people, things, and ideas. It showcases the work of six artists with 
deep ties to the lands surrounding the western half of the Indian Ocean: Shiraz Bay- 
joo, Shilpa Gupta, Nicholas Hlobo, Wangechi Mutu, Penny Siopis, and Hajra Waheed. 
Through a variety of mediums and forms—including paintings, videos, collages, sculp- 
tures, and photographs—these six artists grapple with the past, present, and future of 
the Indian Ocean. 

Indian Ocean Current probes complex and vexing questions: How do we make sense 
of the great mixing of peoples in the region’s past and present? How do we conceive of 
the water that linked distant shores? How do we address the borders that divide spaces 
that for so long were undivided? What do the rising waters resulting from global warming 
portend for the future of the Indian Ocean and, most importantly, for its inhabitants? 

The Indian Ocean is the only ocean in the world in which currents and winds reverse 
direction during the year in the system known as the monsoon. As land and water tem- 
perature differences wax and wane, currents and winds shift. From April to August, the 
winds blow from the southwest to the northeast, reversing direction from December to 
March. The seasonal predictability of these shifts made long distance journeys on the 
ocean possible from a very early date. This is why the Indian Ocean became the first of 
the world’s oceans to be a dense zone of commercial activity. It was a mercantile lake. 

The Indian Ocean is a striking illustration of the deep ties between humans and the 
geological features of our planet. These features are being reshaped today, an effect of 
anthropogenic climate change, and the relationship between humans and water in the 
Indian Ocean world is being remade with potentially disastrous consequences. 


The richness of commercial life in the 
Indian Ocean is what attracted medieval 
Europeans to its waters. While few Euro- 
peans had direct access to that world, 
the products of the Indian Ocean entered 
the Mediterranean via sea and land. It 
was the fabled riches of the Indian Ocean 
that inspired the Portuguese to seek a 
sea route around Africa, which they did 
successfully in 1498 when Vasco de 
Gama rounded the Cape of Good Hope 
and sailed with the help of an Indian pilot 
from East Africa to Calicut in southwest- 
ern India. From that date, a succession of 
Europeans—Portuguese, Dutch, English, 
French, Danish—sailed in its waters. 


Shiraz Bayjoo 


Shiraz Bayjoo recalls that European 
presence with his video Sea Shanty (16— 
20). Shanties were songs that sailors sang 
while working onboard large vessels. While 
the sailors on these ships were drawn from 
across the Indian Ocean, as well as all 
over the world, the sea shanty came to be 
associated with Europeans. 

Bayjoo is based in London, but is orig- 
inally from Mauritius, an island that lies 
1,200 miles off the east coast of Africa. 
Mauritius was uninhabited before Europe- 
ans entered the Indian Ocean. From the 
sixteenth century, it became a port of call 
for ships from Europe where they replen- 
ished supplies of food and water. Mauritius 


Introduction 


also exported ebony and sugar to markets 
in the Indian Ocean. Sugar plantations 
took off after the abolition of slavery in 
the British Empire in 1833 and labor- 
ers were brought there from across the 
Indian Ocean world to cultivate the plant. 
Africans, Indians, Southeast Asians, and 
Chinese all made homes on the island. 
Mauritius is a microcosm of the Indian 
Ocean world. Its plural society is where 
past and present meet and this is cap- 
tured in Bayjoo’s Extraordinary Quaran- 
tines (21-24). On the island, the Hindu 
god Hanuman, Rama’s trusted devotee 
and lieutenant, coexists with a Christian 
burial ground. Indians, many descendants 
of indentured laborers, but some heirs to 
vast merchant fortunes built on the basis 
of the Indian Ocean trade, coexist with 
Africans, Chinese, and even a Franco- 
phone plantocracy. 


Wangechi Mutu 


Violence and coercion played a role in 
the building of plural Indian Ocean societ- 
ies, and Wangechi Mutu’s video Amazing 
Grace (86-91) reminds us of this history. 
Mutu is from Kenya and today divides her 
time between Nairobi and Brooklyn, New 
York. She is steeped in the worlds of both 
the Atlantic and Indian Oceans and her 
video reflects this double consciousness— 
in it she sings “Amazing Grace” in Kikuyu. 

The author of “Amazing Grace,” John 
Newton (1725-1807), was a British 
abolitionist who influenced, among others, 
William Wilberforce, Hannah More, and 
William Cowper. Newton had been a slave 
trader in his early years, and the hymn 
celebrates his delivery from that path of 
sin. Although “Amazing Grace” was written 
in the context of the Atlantic slave trade, it 
has relevance for the Indian Ocean as well. 

The Atlantic dominates discussions 
of modern slavery, but the Indian Ocean 
had a long history of slave trading. While 
this history predated the coming of Euro- 
peans, the Portuguese, Dutch, French, 
and English took to the commerce and 
purchased enslaved persons in major 
entrepdts to work in their fortresses, cities, 


and plantations. Between 1400 and 1900 
it is estimated that 2.6 million individuals 
from Africa were traded as slaves in the 
Indian Ocean. For the sake of compari- 
son, in the same period some 12.5 million 
enslaved Africans were traded in the 
Atlantic. 

The indentured labor system, in which 
laborers entered into long-term agree- 
ments to migrate and work on plantations, 
emerged after slavery was abolished in 
the early nineteenth century. It rested on 
coercion as well and Hugh Tinker, an early 
historian of the system, labeled it “a new 
system of slavery.”! While that analogy to 
slavery is now thought to be overstated, it 
nevertheless points to the violence upon 
which even indentured labor rested. The 
pluralism of the Indian Ocean world was 
a product of the violent displacement of 
many millions. 


Shilpa Gupta 

The plural world of the Indian Ocean 
began to be torn asunder from the 1930s 
with the economic crisis of the Great 
Depression, nationalist movements that 
challenged the European colonial order, 
and World War Il. Nations came to be 
defined in exclusive terms, at times along 
ethnic lines and at other moments and 
places along religious ones. The Indian 
Ocean world has been home to riots 
against foreigners and successive waves of 
expulsions of outsiders. Indians have been 
expelled from East Africa, Muslims from 
India, Hindus from Pakistan, and Rohingya 
from Burma. 

After World War II, decolonization 
and the end of empire came to the Indian 
Ocean and nation-states were created, 
and with them borders were erected. 
Shilpa Gupta of Mumbai, India, subjects 
these borders to her critical eye and 
exposes them for the artificial construc- 
tions that they are. Untitled (There Is No 
Border Here/No hay frontera aqui) (40— 
41) points to the impossibility of separat- 
ing peoples and territories. “I tried very 
hard to cut the sky in half, one for my lover 
and one for me, but the sky kept moving 


4 


and clouds from his territory came into 
mine/Me esforcé intensamente por dividir 
el cielo en dos, una parte para mi amado, 
y otra para mi, pero el cielo continud 
moviéndose y las nubes de su territorio 
invadieron mi espacio,” the flags proclaim. 
The works that comprise Fenced Borders 
(46—51) speak to the geographical and 
cultural connections that unite across 
borders, whether they are a shared love of 
mangoes or mangrove trees rooted in the 
swampy soils of the Sundarbans. Gupta 
speaks to the refusal of many in the Indian 
Ocean world to allow borders and nation- 
states to divide. 


Nicholas Hlobo 


Politics in the Indian Ocean world 
are not found only in the large scale, 
but operate at the level of the personal 
and intimate as well. Nicholas Hlobo of 
Johannesburg, South Africa, works ina 
variety of media to explore questions of 
masculinity, sexuality, ethnicity, and race. 
South Africa is a diverse society, in part 
due to its longstanding connections across 
the Indian Ocean to the Indian subcon- 
tinent. At the same time, Hlobo draws 
upon postapartheid South Africa and his 
Xhosa culture (reflected in the titles of 
his works in this exhibition) to explore 
both past and present and imagine a new 
future. The work boots and industrial 
materials in Ngumgudu nemizano (64—65) 
evoke simultaneously hard labor and 
fetish wardrobes. In Amatholana asibhozo 
(66—74) Hlobo joins together a stereotyp- 
ically masculine attribute, leather, with 
a feminine one, ribbon. They are literally 
stitched together—blurring the divides 
between masculine and feminine and the 
home and the outside world. The stitching 
additionally recalls Hlobo’s grandmother 
whom he watched embroidering when he 
was a young boy. 

Hlobo’s work also brings to mind the 
sea and its animals. The flabby leather bag 
of Ngumgudu nemizano suggests a fluid 
underwater creature such as an octopus. 
The stitching of Amatholana asibhozo 
resembles eels, animals that travel long 


distances, journeying from freshwater to 
salt in order to breed. The eel represents 
the long and difficult path that Hlobo 
himself has taken. His work powerfully 
points to the multiple ways of being in the 
contemporary Indian Ocean world and the 
fluidity and multiplicity of the self. 


Hajra Waheed 


Since 1945 the Indian Ocean world 
has become the world’s center of oil 
extraction, an activity that in the words 
of Gabrielle Hecht is “turning our planet 
inside out.”* The deposits of oil in the 
western stretches of the ocean, on 
lands bordering the Persian Gulf, are the 
lifeblood of the global economy. Hajra 
Waheed, now based in Montréal, Can- 
ada, explores the mindsets and the sheer 
human effort that make possible this work 
of extraction. Untitled (MAP) (152-55) is 
a classified map of the largest offshore oil 
field in the world, located 165 miles north 
of Dhahran, Saudi Arabia, where the artist 
spent her youth. It “speaks to the fact 
that surveillance does not live solely on a 
horizontal plane or two-dimensional map, 
but manifests as a vertical occupation on 
a scale that reaches from satellites in the 
sky to below the surface of the sea.”? And 
this is all done in the name of extraction. 

The burning of petroleum, along with 
coal and natural gas, has released enor- 
mous quantities of heat trapping gases 
into our planet’s atmosphere. Concentra- 
tions of carbon dioxide have gone from 
280 parts per million in the preindustrial 
period, to more than 400. As a result, 
global temperatures have risen 1°C, 
leading to warmer oceanic waters. The 
Indian Ocean is especially vulnerable to 
this warming. Between 2000 and 2015 
it has absorbed 70% of the heat that has 
been pumped into the world’s oceans. The 
northern Indian Ocean has seen some of 
the biggest increases in sea level in the 
world, threatening the tens of millions who 
live along that coastline. 


Penny Siopis 

The rising waters of the Indian Ocean 
inspired Penny Siopis of Cape Town, South 
Africa, to undertake the works that are 
included in Indian Ocean Current. She 
Breathes Water (104—9) is a film assem- 
bled from found footage that laments the 
damage that humans have wrought upon 
our planet. Foreseeing the possibility of a 
world in which humans will cease to exist, 
she asks, “Can you imagine the world 
without you?” Warm Waters (110—39) is a 
series of paintings that consist of ink, glue, 
and oil on paper. Siopis writes, “The mate- 
rial process of the paintings is a fluid affair; 
the glue’s capacity to change its form 
and colour when it comes into contact 
with other forces—air, gravity, water, my 
gestures—imbues it with a presence that 
holds onto itself as ‘something other,’ yet 
can simultaneously take on the guise of an 
image.” The colors overflow the borders of 
the works, mirroring the rising waters of 
the Indian Ocean, refusing to be confined 
or constrained. Is this the human future? 
In these paintings Siopis was inspired as 
well by Bernardin de Saint-Pierre’s Paul 
et Virginie, set on Mauritius during French 
rule. For Siopis, Mauritius, a tropical 
island, is “an ideal ‘figure’ through which 
to imagine the ‘ground’ of rising waters.”* 





The essays in this catalogue provide 
the context for the works on display in 
Indian Ocean Current: Six Artistic Narra- 
tives. 

David Northrup’s “The Indian Ocean 
World” gives a succinct but “deep” history 
of the ocean and it is a foundation for the 
chapters that follow. Northrup writes that 
ships crossed the waters of the Indian 
Ocean from at least the third millennium 
BCE. In Roman times the trading world 
of the Indian Ocean was linked to that 
of the Mediterranean to its west and the 
South China Sea to its east. Over cen- 
turies the density of commerce on the 
ocean’s waters increased and outsiders 
were drawn to its trading routes, from the 
Chinese during the Ming dynasty to Euro- 


5 


peans from the fifteenth century. Northrup 
ends his account with the rise of European 
empires in the nineteenth century and 
dramatic technological transformations 

in production and transport. These led to 
a radical reordering of the Indian Ocean 
world. 

In his “Slavery and Histories of 
Unfreedom in the Indian Ocean,” Pedro 
Machado explores the forms of involuntary 
migration that were found in the Indian 
Ocean. It is difficult to avoid comparisons 
with slavery in the Atlantic, given that 
system looms large in all discussions of 
servitude. Nevertheless, several differ- 
ences stand out. First, the persons who 
were enslaved in the Indian Ocean were 
primarily Asians, not Africans. Second, the 
work that the enslaved did varied widely 
in the Indian Ocean. They did not work 
predominantly on plantations, as was 
the case in the Atlantic. Finally, when the 
plantation complex did expand in the nine- 
teenth century, it was after slavery was 
abolished. Much of the plantation labor 
force was brought as indentured servants, 
largely from India, to Mauritius, Natal, and 
elsewhere. 

Kalpana R. Seshadri’s “What the 
Ocean Gives Us to Think” is a profound 
meditation on the ocean. Seventy percent 
of our planet is covered by the waters of 
its oceans. The oceans are what color our 
planet blue. Yet green is the color of envi- 
ronmentalism, a sign of our terrestrial bias. 
No summary can do the essay justice. Let 
us quote an important passage: “Because 
the Ocean is deep, it gives us to think 
‘depth,’ and in-depth. That the Ocean 
gives us to think depth is ‘deeply’ conse- 
quential. Without a concept of depth, we 
could not conceptualize something called 
the truth or morality.” This is why Seshadri 
urges us “to listen to the Ocean speak.” 

Just as violence was present when 
the plural world of the Indian Ocean was 
formed, it was there when that world 
was dissolved in the middle decades of 
the twentieth century. Sana Aiyar, in her 
“Colonialism’s Afterlives and Invocations 
of Oceanic History,” reminds us of long- 


Introduction 


Introduction 


standing tensions in the Indian Ocean 
world, arising from economic inequality, 
religious difference, and ethnic and racial 
competition and discrimination. These 
tensions were heightened in the straitened 
economic conditions of the Great Depres- 
sion in the 1930s, erupting in the form of 
riots and violence against “outsiders”—in 
many cases Indians. These antagonisms 
continued to simmer in the decades after 
World War II when the age of empire 
came to a close in the Indian Ocean world 
and was succeeded by decolonization 
and independence. New nations with 

new borders emerged and new citizens 
were defined. In East Africa, Burma, and 
elsewhere Indians were seen as a “colonial 
hangover” who held back “real” citizens. 
Such conflicts played out in India itself in 
the bloody end of empire that was Parti- 
tion. 

After 1945, European empires in the 
Indian Ocean came to an end and were 
replaced by nation-states, a shift Bérénice 
Guyot-Réchard traces in her essay, “The 
Indian Ocean after 1945.” This did not 
mean the end of a European and later 
North American presence, as the ocean 
became a site for Cold War rivalries. Oil, 
which became easier to ship with revolu- 
tions in transport such as the tanker, mag- 
nified the importance of the Indian Ocean 
and choke points like the Straits of Hor- 
muz became global hot spots. Many of the 
newly independent nations in the Indian 
Ocean world rejected these superpower 
intrusions, giving rise to an Afro-Asian bloc 
of countries that pushed an alternative 
program of non-alignment, anti-imperi- 
alism, and anti-racism. Afro-Asianism, 
with its geographical center in the Indian 
Ocean, also challenged the hegemony of 
Europe in intellectual, cultural, and artistic 
life. Afro-Asianism culminated in the 
1970s with calls for an Indian Ocean “zone 
of peace,” but these efforts foundered as a 
consequence of nationalism and competi- 
tion for the riches of the ocean. The silent 
victim was the ocean itself. 

The final two essays deal with climate 
change. Sunil Amrith’s “Climate Change 


and the Future of the Indian Ocean” traces 
the long meteorological and climatological 
engagement with the ocean. For Europe- 
ans and others, charting the currents and 
winds and their shifts over the seasons of 
the year was Critical for the dominance 

of the ocean’s waters. This became less 
imperative in the age of steam when fossil 
fuels allowed humans to transcend the 
rhythms of nature. In that period, the 
Indian Ocean world underwent enormous 
environmental changes, much of it on land 
where forests were cut, the arable was 
expanded, and agriculture was intensified. 
But the ocean never disappeared from 
view. In the twentieth century it came to 
be seen as a resource for growing popu- 
lations. And new scientific tools led toa 
revived interest in the Indian Ocean’s role 
in both local and global climate. This is 
why the Indian Ocean became a key site 
for documenting anthropogenic climate 
change. 

Zara Currimjee picks up where Amrith 
leaves off. She notes in her essay, “The 
State of the Indian Ocean: A Scientific 
Perspective,” that the Indian Ocean is the 
least understood of the world’s oceans. 
Comprehensive scientific studies of its 
waters began only in the late 1950s. 
However, it is widely acknowledged that 
the Indian Ocean plays a key role in the 
heating of our planet; that the oceanic 
ecosystem is under intense pressure; and 
that coastal and island communities are 
extremely vulnerable. In 2014, scientists 
in Pune, India, reported that for the last 
century the western Indian Ocean has 
been warming more rapidly than any other 
tropical ocean. The reasons for this are 
still not understood, but the ramifications 
are enormous. As a result of warmer 
waters, phytoplankton populations have 
fallen, reducing supplies of food for count- 
less species of fish, leading to declines 
in a range of marine animals. Cyclones 
have intensified, and wrought devasta- 
tion across the region. Another result of 
warmer water is rising ocean levels. In 
the past thirty years, the northern Indian 
Ocean has risen almost twice as fast as 


the global average (0.12 inches per year 
versus the global rate of 0.07 inches per 
year). Across the Indian Ocean, coastal 
cities, as well as islands that are home 
to many millions, are in grave danger of 
inundation from these waters. 

The configuration of land and water in 
the Indian Ocean gave rise to the regular 
winds of the monsoon. Those winds made 
possible dense exchanges and linkages 
for many millennia. As a result of the 
extraction and burning of fossil fuels, the 
relationship between land and water is 
being reordered and the future of life itself 
endangered. The six artists who comprise 
Indian Ocean Current contend with the 
complex past and present of this Indian 
Ocean world. They also ask us to confront 
a frightening future. The rising waters of 
the Indian Ocean will not respect individu- 
als, borders, or nation-states. Will we have 
the sense to see that? 





Salim Currimjee is a practicing architect and artist based in 
Mauritius and works throughout the Indian Ocean region. He 
studied biology and art history at Williams College and obtained 
his MArch from Rice University. In May 2015 he founded ICAIO, 
Institute of Contemporary Art Indian Ocean, an independent and 
nonprofit foundation that is a platform for art education and pub- 
lic art programming in Mauritius. Through the visits of interna- 
tional contemporary artists engaging with children and students 
of Mauritius, ICAIO honors the cultural diversity of the country 
and seeks to activate critical thinking and dialogue through the 
arts of the region. 


Prasannan Parthasarathi is professor of South Asian history at 
Boston College. He is the author of The Transition to a Colonial 
Economy: Weavers, Merchants and Kings in South India, 1720-— 
1800 (2001), The Spinning World: A Global History of Cotton 
Textiles (2009), and Why Europe Grew Rich and Asia Did Not: 
Global Economic Divergence, 1600—1850 (2011), which received 
the Jerry Bentley Book Prize of the World History Association and 
was named a Choice magazine outstanding academic title. He 

is now at work on a study of agriculture and the environment in 
nineteenth-century South India. 


1 Hugh Tinker, A New System of Slavery: The Export of Indian Labour 
Overseas, 1830—1920 (New York: Institute of Race Relations, 
Oxford UP, 1974). 


2. Gabrielle Hecht, “Inside-Out Earth,” American Historical Review 
(forthcoming). 


3  “Hajra Waheed at Small Arms,” Toronto Biennial of Art, https:// 
torontobiennial.org/work/hajra-waheed-at-small-arms/. 


4 “Penny Siopis: Warm Water Imaginaries,” Stevenson, https://www 
stevenson. info/exhibition/3917. 


Introduction 


The Indian Ocean Worl 


David Northrup 


This essay presents an overview of the development of the sea routes that became 
so important in the exchange of goods, the movement of people, and the spread of ideas 
and beliefs—all central themes explored in /ndian Ocean Current: Six Artistic Narratives. 
Besides presenting a capsule history of the Indian Ocean world, it explores some of the 
consequences of the Indian Ocean gradually becoming part of a global maritime system. 

For a long time, oceans, lakes, and rivers hindered contacts among people, but 
waterways became efficient means of communication and commerce after some 
learned how to build rafts, canoes, and boats. The pioneering water travelers navigated 
by keeping riverbanks and lake shores in sight, and at first ocean voyagers also stayed 
close to the coast so they could tell where they were. Gradually mariners developed the 
skills necessary to travel long distances across open water. Thousands of years ago the 
Indian Ocean became the first ocean to be crisscrossed by regular water routes that 
brought the surrounding lands into regular contact.? 


Early Indian Ocean Trade 


In many ways water travel was an extension of overland routes, but it had the distinct 
advantages of being much faster and cheaper. By using sails to capture the wind, vessels 
became much more efficient than land caravans for transporting cargo and passengers. 
Maritime trading began early and in several different parts of the Indian Ocean. One 
well documented early example is the trade in the Red Sea (an arm of the Indian Ocean) 
between ancient Egypt and the land called Punt on the African coast near the southern 
end of the sea. That connection went back to the middle of the third millennium BCE, 
and from the fifteenth century BCE onward Egyptian texts and scenes carved in stone 
(including a sailboat) provide detailed information about the regular trade to and from 
Punt. Punt supplied Egypt with gold, ivory, incense, wild animal skins, and cattle. It is 
also recorded that King Solomon of Israel in the tenth century BCE sent fleets every 
three years to a place called Ophir below the mouth of the Red Sea for similar African 
goods, including gold in great quantities.? 

Aside from exceptions such as these, the records for the earliest history of Indian 
Ocean navigation tend to be few and fragmentary. The first ocean-going vessels would 
have been for fishing, with trade being a logical adaptation of that technology. There 
are suggestions of maritime trade along the west coast of India from the third millen- 
nium BCE. Trade between western India and the Arabian Peninsula existed at least from 
Roman times, when the Indian Ocean was clearly part of a much larger system that 


9 


extended westward into the Mediterra- 
nean and eastward into the South China 
Sea. Arabs concentrated their efforts 
along the Red Sea, coastal Africa, and 

the South Arabian coast, meeting traders 
from northwest India at neutral market 
towns such as Ormuz at the mouth of 

the Persian Gulf. In time, Arab, Indian, 
and Persian mariners learned to make 
longer voyages across the Arabian Sea, 
taking advantage of the monsoon winds, 
which blow westward for half the year 
then reverse direction. There is evidence 
that Indians used star maps to facilitate 
nighttime navigation. Besides the Arabs 
and Indians, voyagers from the East Indies 
crossed the southern Indian Ocean in 
outrigger canoes, introducing the banana 
to the African mainland and colonizing the 
large island of Madagascar. Such voyages 
date to the beginning of the Common Era 
and ended in the fifteenth century, but the 
inhabitants of Madagascar still speak a 
language of the family found in Southeast 
Asia and the South Pacific.* 

As the cargoes of Punt and Ophir 
suggest, early trade on land and sea was 
mostly in luxury goods for an elite clien- 
tele. That would change as larger ships 
were built to carry goods aimed at less 
elite consumers. In the absence of man- 
ifests and cargo lists, the most detailed 
evidence of the scope of the Indian Ocean 
trade comes from the wreckage of a ship 


The Indian 
Ocean World 


that sank in the Java Sea in the tenth 
century CE. Modern divers have retrieved 
much of the cargo from that wreck, includ- 
ing tin from the Malay Peninsula, silver 
from China, bronze statues from India, 
and glass beads from Persia. There were 
also human bones, from people who may 
well have been slaves who were unable 

to escape when the ship began to sink 
because they were tied up. Just as the 
fibers of the rope did not survive the long 
submersion, it is likely that the vessel also 
carried Indian cottons and Chinese silks. 
Typical of the hundreds or even thousands 
of vessels then plying the eastern Indian 
Ocean, the sunken ship was ninety-feet 
long and twenty-five wide, made of wood 





1. Relief panel of a ship from the Buddhist temple at Borobudur, Java, c. 800 
CE (Peter Cook, Flickr). 





2. Dhow, a type of vessel in use in the western Indian Ocean for more than a 
millennium, off the coast of Dar es Salaam, Tanzania, 2010 (Sajjad Sherally 
Fazel/Wikimedia Commons [CC BY-SA 3.0). 


carefully fitted and attached with dowels, 
not nails.* 

By the date of this shipwreck, trading 
communities around the Indian Ocean 
were exchanging a large volume of goods 
(fig. 1). With the rise of the Arab Empire 
in the seventh century, Muslims grew in 
importance in the maritime trade to the 
point that the Indian Ocean seemed to be 
an Islamic sea. Arabic gradually became a 
lingua franca of the Arabian Sea, Islamic 
law governed transactions, and a common 
faith inspired trust among merchants. This 
was important because land-based gov- 
ernments did not control the trade routes, 
except for rulers of the port cities who 
found it in their self-interest to look after 
the security of the visiting traders. Once at 
sea, merchants were on their own.® 

The waterways were in the hands 
of many ethnic communities, who were 
skilled navigators and successful nego- 
tiators with distant merchant partners 
(fig. 2). Settlements of Asians and Middle 
Easterners became widely dispersed 
around the Indian Ocean. For example, 
about a thousand years ago the growing 
importance of the gold trade from south- 
ern Africa attracted Arab and Persian 
merchants, who intermarried with coastal 
Africans and learned to speak the lan- 
guage of the coastal trading cities, which 
became known as Swahili (from the Arabic 
word meaning “shores”). 

The Moroccan scholar Ibn Battuta, 
who rode merchant ships to reach the rich 
trading cities of the Swahili coast in 1331, 
described the hospitality he received 
from the Muslim rulers and the splendid 
buildings he saw. At the eastern end of 
the Indian Ocean the important passage 
between the island of Sumatra and the 
Malay Peninsula provided access to the 
spices of the East Indies and the goods of 
East Asia.® 


Chinese and European Voyages to 
the Indies 

In the fifteenth century, two outside 
states dispatched ships to explore the 
riches of the Indian Ocean for quite differ- 


10 


ent motives. From the east came spec- 
tacular Chinese fleets, sailing through the 
ocean as far as the Swahili coast. Between 
1403 and 1433, the Ming dynasty, which 
had overthrown China’s Mongol rulers 
in 1388, sent seven large fleets into the 
Indian Ocean under the command of 
Admiral Zheng He, a Chinese Muslim. 
Meant to display Ming wealth and power, 
the first expedition included sixty-two 
specially constructed giant ships 300-feet 
long and 150-feet wide with waterproof 
bulkheads. The purpose was not commer- 
cial, even though the expeditions gave rich 
“presents” to the rulers along the way and 
received lavish gifts in return. Nor were the 
fleets intended for military or political gain, 
although one defeated a pirates’ nest that 
had imperiled trade. Having accomplished 
their goal of “showing the flag,” the Ming 
discontinued the expeditions, ordered the 
ships destroyed, and burned most records 
of their accomplishments. 

Historians point out the great irony 
that these spectacular Ming voyages 
were discontinued and largely erased 
from memory just decades before a much 
smaller and less impressive Portuguese 
fleet under Vasco da Gama sailed around 
the southern tip of Africa and across the 
Indian Ocean to India in 1498. Da Gama’s 
fleet opened a new all-water route from 
Europe to the fabled commercial riches 
of the Indies, but the crusader crosses on 
his ships’ sails signaled another somewhat 
contradictory motive: to reduce Muslim 
power and expand the reach of Christian- 
ity. Even though da Gama’s ships would 
have been dwarfed by those of the Ming, 
the small and powerful cannons mounted 
on their decks gave them a sufficient 
military edge to gain a lasting place for 
the Europeans in the lucrative commercial 
networks of the Indian Ocean.’ 

In 1510 the Portuguese set up a 
naval and administrative headquarters 
at Goa on the west coast of India and 
slowly edged their way into the existing 
trading system. The goods flowing back to 
Europe attracted the attention of northern 
Europeans whose impacts in the Indian 


Ocean would be greater because they 
were financed by investors in joint-stock 
companies, which also had charters from 
their governments granting them monop- 
oly rights. The most important were the 
Dutch East India Company (VOC), which 
established its headquarters at Batavia 
(now Jakarta, Indonesia) in 1628, and 
the London-based East India Company 
(EIC), which during the seventeenth 
century negotiated the establishment of 
three major bases on the coast of India 
at Madras, Calcutta, and Bombay (now 
called Chennai, Kolkata, and Mumbai). 
The French monarch also created a Com- 
pany of the Indies, which was chronically 
underfunded compared to the VOC and 
EIC. The Indian Ocean had become firmly 
linked by a global maritime system to the 
Atlantic continents, whose imports were 
underwritten by the flow of silver from 
Spanish America. Some of this silver also 
entered the Indian Ocean world from the 
Pacific via the galleons that sailed from 
Acapulco to Manila.® 

The Europeans used violence stra- 
tegically in the early years to gain access 
to the lucrative trade of the Indies, but, 
like trading companies elsewhere, their 
success depended greatly on making 
alliances with local rulers and traders, and 
especially by paying competitive prices 
for the goods they sought. Aside from 
early Portuguese battles with the Ottoman 
Empire, the greatest military conflicts 
were between the different European 
powers, which were extensions of con- 
flicts in Europe. The outcome of the Seven 
Years’ War (1756-63) led to the prohibi- 
tion of any further expansion of the French 
Company, while the EIC would continue 
expanding in India. Meanwhile, four 
hard-fought Anglo-Dutch wars between 
1652 and 1784 eventually gave the EIC 
the upper hand over the VOC. Another 
key gain for the EIC was an alliance with 
the Mughal Empire that had ruled much 
of India since 1526. Initially the Mughals 
were the much stronger partner, but over 
time the EIC became a key prop support- 


ing the Mughal emperor’s authority over 
rival Indian rulers. 

Older Eurocentric histories portray 
the European newcomers as somehow 
dominant in the Indian Ocean from an 
early date, but that is an exaggeration. 
From the beginning, European success 
had depended on strategic alliances with 
established local players. For example, 
the city of Malindi on the Swahili coast 
allied with the Portuguese against its larger 
rival Mombasa. Similarly the city-state of 
Cochin in southwestern India used Portu- 
guese help to gain ground over its better 
established neighbor, Calicut. The EIC 
gradually expanded its territorial control 
in India through alliances with one Indian 
principality against another. Nor did the 
numerous Muslim Arabs suddenly disap- 
pear at the first sight of a European ship. 
On the Swahili coast they even expanded 
their presence at European expense. In the 
1600s the sultanate of Oman seized control 
of the large island of Zanzibar and took the 
important port of Mombasa from the Por- 
tuguese, eventually developing Zanzibar as 
the world’s greatest producer of cloves.° 

Mutually beneficial working relation- 
ships with many smaller players were 
also essential to the Europeans’ success. 
For example, in 1600 the majority of the 
population in Hormuz at the mouth of the 
Persian Gulf, a nominally Portuguese port, 
came from the important Indian trading 
region of Gujarat. The large overseas Chi- 
nese populations in Indian Ocean trading 
centers were also indispensable to making 
the system work, despite the Chinese 
government’s official disapproval. Thus, 
Chinese were eight times as numerous as 
Spaniards in the Spanish port of Manila 
and something similar was the case in 
Dutch Batavia.?° 

In satisfying their desire for a share of 
the rich trade of the Indian Ocean, Euro- 
peans sought bases in the Indian sub- 
continent, not only because of its central 
location, but also as it was the source of 
their most desired commodities. One of 
these was the peppercorn produced in 
several regions of India. The quantity of 


11 


pepper shipped to Europe rose to 7.5 mil- 
lion pounds a year by the early eighteenth 
century. The many Indian farmers who 
cultivated, picked, and sorted the spices 
were clearly as essential a component of 
the trade as those who transported and 
marketed them, even if the farmers’ labors 
are less noted in the records. 

Indian handwoven cotton textiles also 
became a staple of the export trade to 
Europe and beyond. For centuries Indi- 
ans had been making colorful, washable 
cotton textiles for overseas markets as 
well as domestic ones. The textile indus- 
try required many layers of labor input, 
from those who cultivated, picked, and 
processed cotton fibers to those who spun 
the fibers into thread, those who wove the 
thread into cloth, and those who dyed, 
printed, or painted the cloths. Europeans 
were not the principal foreign market for 
textiles, but the quantities they bought 
and carried away became substantial. In 
the first half of the eighteenth century the 
EIC alone was transporting back 800,000 
Indian cotton cloths in peak years, and the 
VOC was carrying an average of 360,000 
a year. Through greater labor inputs and 
improvements in technologies, specialists 
in the cotton textile industry were able to 
increase the volume produced and to earn 
income.?! 

As important as Indian cotton textiles 
became, trade included a wide range of 
other commodities from various locations 
in the Indian Ocean. As ships loaded with 
tea sailed from China to Britain, they 
passed by two places that were exporting 
the makings of another hot beverage, 
coffee, whose consumption was increas- 
ing in Europe. The port of Mocha in South 
Arabia, which had long been the major 
source of coffee beans for Arab and 
Turkish markets, soon came to supply 
French and EIC traders with beans for 
the newly fashionable coffee houses in 
Europe. The Dutch went a step further, by 
starting coffee plantations that made Java 
another major coffee exporter. From the 
1600s, the Dutch and other Europeans 
also transported more exotic spices than 


The Indian 
Ocean World 


The Indian 


Ocean World 


pepper from the so-called Spice Islands of 
Southeast Asia (now the Maluku Islands). 
For the VOC in the mid-eighteenth century 
the trade in “fine spices” such as cloves, 
nutmeg, mace, and cinnamon was nearly 
twice as valuable as that in pepper. 2 
While commerce was the principal 
driving force behind the massive links 
across the Indian Ocean and beyond, 
regular voyages also fostered cultural 
exchanges. Early on, Hinduism had spread 
widely into Southeast Asia. From the 
seventh century, Arab traders also had 
helped spread Islam around the Indian 
Ocean. Catholic missionaries regularly 
used Portuguese or Spanish trade ships 
to take their religion to new locales. New 
converts to Christianity were few in the 
Indian Ocean basin, in contrast to Catholic 
successes in Japan and China. Even so, 
the early missionaries made new connec- 
tions with existing Christian communities 
in Ethiopia and South India. 


Dramatic Transformations in the 
1800s 


In the nineteenth century the Indian 
Ocean was transformed by three dramatic 
changes, all of which starred Great Britain. 
The first was political: the Mughal Empire 
(founded in 1526) and the EIC were 
abolished and their territories subsumed 


<yramae 


ie 


~~ 





3. “Between Kantara and El-Ferdane—The First Vessels through the Canal” 
(illustrated Supplement: Appletons’ Journal 18 [July 31, 1869): 4). 


into a new India under direct British rule. 
The second was the Industrial Revolution 
in England, which vastly expanded British 
wealth and power, with major conse- 
quences for the people of India and other 
parts of the Indian Ocean basin. The third 
transformation was a massive increase in 
the size, speed, and reliability of ocean 
transport, which tamed the monsoons and 
increased the speed of voyages. Given the 
implications of these transformations, it 
can be tempting to imagine that they were 
part of a grand scheme of empire building, 
but in fact these changes largely occurred 
for separate and uncoordinated reasons. 

In the early 1800s the EIC controlled 
territories on the Indian subcontinent that 
were larger than all of Western Europe and 
contained a population twenty times that 
of Great Britain. The Company propped up 
its ally, the Mughal emperor, who had little 
effective control over the princely states 
he supposedly ruled. A rebellion in 1857 
persuaded Great Britain to consolidate 
and reform this jerry-built empire. The last 
traces of Mughal and Company rule were 
eliminated. Queen Victoria was proclaimed 
empress of India, and her Indian subjects 
were guaranteed equal protection of the 
law and the freedom to practice their 
traditional religions and customs. How- 
ever, political power in British India lay in 
the hands of an appointed governor-gen- 
eral and a new Indian civil service, mostly 
graduates of elite British universities. 

East of India, in the nineteenth cen- 
tury Britain added holdings in Burma and 
the Malay Peninsula, including the port of 
Singapore. To the southwest, the British 
Empire acquired island colonies, including 
Mauritius, and the important port of Cape 
Town, from the Dutch after the demise of 
the VOC in 1799. Thereafter the Dutch 
government ruled most of the East Indies 
directly, an empire almost comparable in 
size to Britain’s Indian Empire. 

Another form of official British pres- 
ence in the ocean was the Royal Navy, 
whose anti-slavery patrols along the east- 
ern African coast between 1860 and 1890 
intercepted over one thousand vessels 


12 


and liberated twelve thousand enslaved 
Africans. This slave trade was mostly in 
the hands of wealthy Arab merchants, with 
Indian merchants from Gujarat supply- 
ing important financing. To diminish the 
shipping of slaves, the British foreign 
office pressed coastal rulers to withdraw 
from selling slaves for export, of which 
the most important was the 1873 treaty 
with the Omani sultan of Zanzibar. Under 
pressure to abolish slavery on his planta- 
tions and facing other forces, the sultan 
sold his mainland African territories, which 
became the basis of German East Africa 
and British East Africa.13 

The reordering of British India’s 
economy was as important as the trans- 
formation of its political institutions. The 
Industrial Revolution underway in Britain 
affected India in several ways. By the 
period 1870—1913, instead of there being 
a large market in Britain for Indian cot- 
tons, India had became a major market 
for machine-made cotton textiles from 
Britain. The industrialization of textile 
production in Britain had sudden and 
profound impacts on preindustrial spin- 
ners, weavers, and dyers in the Indian 
subcontinent, just as it did on their coun- 
terparts in England. Nevertheless, India’s 
total exports increased fivefold during 
that period, as the loss of jobs in textile 
production was offset by the spread of 
commercial agriculture, as Indian-grown 
jute, cotton fiber, indigo, and tea found 
a growing market in Britain. These neat 
tallies of changes in India’s exports overlay 
much messier transformations in Indian 
society, which are a topic of debate among 
historians. 14 

British industrialization and imperial 
rule also spurred the construction of a 
railroad network in British India, which by 
1910 was the fourth largest in the world. 
The commercial benefit of the train lines 
was muted because of the many non-eco- 
nomic motives behind their construction: 
some were built to move troops to quell 
rebellion and others to bring food relief to 
famine-prone areas. Even lines that were 
commercially viable were often designed 


for moving goods to port cities for export 
rather than for promoting trade within the 
vast subcontinent. Although most lines 
were not profitable before 1900, the Brit- 
ish who invested in them were protected 
against financial loss by government sub- 
sidies paid out of taxes on Indians. Some 
railroads were of great benefit to Indian 
growers because train transport was much 
faster and cost much less than using tradi- 
tional oxcarts. At first, the social impact of 
the new railroads was limited, because the 
Indian masses distrusted mixing people 

of different castes, religions, and sexes 

in passenger cars. After 1900, more and 
more Indians rode the trains. +5 

Many parties had a hand in bringing 
about the third transformation, in ocean 
transport. A canal across the 120 miles 
of Suez to connect the Mediterranean 
and Atlantic to the Red Sea and Indian 
Ocean was an old dream that reached 
fruition only after the French consul in 
Egypt persuaded the Egyptian ruler to 
undertake the project. The Suez Canal was 
begun in 1859 using a small army of men 
with shovels to dig a narrow channel that 
was then enlarged with giant mechanical 
devices. Britain was at first suspicious of 
the project but became enthusiastic as the 
canal neared completion in 1869, since 
it would shorten a voyage from Europe to 
Bombay by half (fig. 3). 

Initially most ships had to be towed 
because maneuvering through the canal 
with sails was difficult. By the 1880s 
steam-powered ships could propel them- 
selves through it by day and at night using 
electric headlights. *® 

Private, not public, initiatives had been 
behind the development of steamships. 
When the EIC lost its royal monopoly over 
shipping, private British firms had moved 
into the business. Some concentrated 
on swifter movement of passengers and 
freight to and from Britain, but the most 
successful was William Mackinnon’s 
British Steam Navigation Company whose 
fleet of modern and efficient steamships 
provided speedy connections all around 
the Indian Ocean region. By the end of the 


1800s his company was the largest steam- 
ship line operating in the Indian Ocean. A 
pious Scottish Presbyterian, Mackinnon 
was an ardent opponent of the slave trade 
as well as a firm believer in the blessings 
that British imperial expansion could bring. 
In 1888 he founded the Imperial British 
East Africa Company, which received a 
royal charter to extend the British Empire 
into East Africa. Following a British decla- 
ration of a protectorate in 1890 over the 
northern territories of Zanzibar, the IBEAC 
took over the administration and the con- 
struction of railways through British East 
Africa (later Kenya) to Uganda.?” 

The development of electromag- 
netic telegraphy in the 1830s rapidly 
led to much quicker communication 
over landlines. Once many technological 
difficulties had been overcome, British 
companies were able to lay an undersea 
cable connecting India to Britain in 1870. 
Other cables soon crisscrossed the Indian 
Ocean. This global “system of electri- 
cal nerves” enabled imperial nations to 
centralize decision making, eliminating 
the need for quick thinking by the aptly 
termed “man on the spot.” The telegraph 
enabled the India Office in London to 
exchange messages with the governor 
of India in a single day. Businesses also 
benefited from having up-to-date infor- 
mation about prices, markets, and events 
in distant places. Another benefit of the 
telegraph was that ship captains could 
communicate with their owners at ports of 
call and later by radio waves. +8 

The transformations of the nineteenth 
century helped usher in the New Imperial- 
ism. Though generally condemned today, 
when seen in hindsight the expansion of 
European empires was both a logical out- 
come of the events that precipitated them 
and a useful stepping-stone toward the 
emergence of modern African and Asian 
nationalism. Everywhere, colonial govern- 
ments were quite small and dependent on 
the implicit consent of those they ruled. 
They integrated the Indian Ocean peo- 
ples into a global economic system and 
created the modern boundaries of such 


13 


The Indian 
Ocean World 


states as India, Indonesia, South Africa, 
and Kenya. When their subjects united to 
oppose foreign rule, they had the num- 
bers, institutions, and languages to gain 
independence.?9 





The Indian payid Northrup, professor emeritus of history at Boston College, 

Ocean World has published widely in African and world history. His publica- 
tions include /Indentured Labor in the Age of Imperialism, 1834— 
1922 (1995), How English Became the Global Language (2013), 
Seven Myths of Africa in World History (2017), and contributions 
to The Cambridge World History (2015), The Cambridge World 
History of Slavery (2017), and The Oxford Illustrated History of 
the World (2019). He is a past president of the World History 
Association and currently chairs that organization’s Dissertation 
Prize Committee. 


1 Edward A. Alpers, The Indian Ocean in World History (New York: 
Oxford UP, 2014); Sujit Sivasundaram, “The Indian Ocean,” in 
Oceanic Histories, ed. David Armitage, Alison Bashford, and Sujit 
Sivasundaram (Cambridge: CUP, 2018), 31-61. 


2 David O’Connor, “Egypt, 1552-664 BC,” in The Cambridge History 
of Africa: Volume 1; From Earliest Times to c. 500 BC, ed. J. Des- 
mond Clark (Cambridge: CUP, 1982), 917-18, 935—40; 1 Kings 
9:26—28, 10:11-12, 22. 


3 Himanshu Prabha Ray, “The Indian Ocean in Antiquity: Whither 
Maritime History?,” Topoi: Orient-Occident 10 (2000): 335—52; 
George F. Hourani, Arab Seafaring in the Indian Ocean in Ancient 
and Early Medieval Times, rev. ed. (Princeton: PUP, 1995), 3-11; 
Kenneth Pomeranz and Stephen Topik, The World That Trade Cre- 
ated: Society, Culture, and the World Economy, 1400 to the Present, 
2nd ed. (Armonk: M. E. Sharpe, 2006), 16—18. 


4 Stewart Gordon, When Asia Was the World: Traveling Merchants, 
Scholars, Warriors, and Monks Who Created the “Riches of the East” 
(Cambridge: Da Capo, 2008), 57—75. 


5 Alpers, Indian Ocean, 40—55. 


6 Patricia Risso, Merchants & Faith: Muslim Commerce and Culture in 
the Indian Ocean (Boulder: Westview, 1995), 43—54; Said Hamdun 
and Noél King, /bn Battuta in Black Africa (Princeton: Markus Wie- 
ner, 1975), 15-25. 


7 Edward L. Dreyer, Zheng He: China and the Oceans in the Early Ming 
Dynasty, 1405—1433 (New York: Pearson Longman, 2007); Glenn 
J. Ames, Vasco da Gama: Renaissance Crusader (New York: Pearson 
Longman, 2005). 


8 Niels Steensgaard, “The Growth and Composition of the Long-Dis- 
tance Trade of England and the Dutch Republic before 1750,” in 
The Rise of Merchant Empires: Long-Distance Trade in the Early 
Modern World, 1350—1750, ed. James D. Tracy (Cambridge: CUP, 
1990), 102—52. 


14 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


Risso, Merchants & Faith, 86—87. 


Wang Gungwu, “Merchants without Empire: The Hokkien Sojourning 
Communities,” in Tracy, Merchant Empires, 400—21; Pomeranz and 
Topik, World That Trade Created, 7—9. 


Bishnupriya Gupta, “Competition and Control in the Market for 
Textiles: Indian Weavers and the English East India Company in the 
Eighteenth Century,” in How India Clothed the World: The World of 
South Asian Textiles, 1500-1850, ed. Giorgio Riello and Tirthankar 
Roy (Leiden: Brill, 2009), 281—305; Prasannan Parthasarathi, “Cot- 
ton Textiles in the Indian Subcontinent,” in The Spinning World: A 
Global History of Cotton Textiles, 1200—1800, ed. Giorgio Riello and 
Prasannan Parathasarathi (Oxford: OUP, 2009), 17—41; Steens- 
gaard, “Growth and Composition,” 126. 


Pomeranz and Topik, World That Trade Created, 80—83; Steens- 
gaard, “Growth and Composition,” 113-18, 122, 128-31, 148. 


Abdul Sheriff, Slaves, Spices & Ivory in Zanzibar: Integration of an 
East African Commercial Empire into the World Economy, 1770— 
1873 (London: James Currey, 1987); W. G. Clarence-Smith, ed., 
The Economics of the Indian Ocean Slave Trade in the Nineteenth 
Century (London: Frank Cass, 1989), 10-11. 


Prasannan Parthasarathi and lan Wendt, “Decline in Three Keys: 
Indian Cotton Manufacturing from the Late Eighteenth Century,” in 
Riello and Parthasarathi, Spinning World, 397—407. 


Pomeranz and Topik, World That Trade Created, 67—69; Daniel R. 
Headrick, The Tools of Empire: Technology and European Impe- 
rialism in the Nineteenth Century (New York: Oxford UP, 1981), 
180-90. 


Headrick, 150—56. 
Headrick, 172—74. 


Headrick, 157—64; Robert Kubicek, “British Expansion, Empire, and 
Technological Change,” in The Oxford History of the British Empire: 
Volume 3; The Nineteenth Century, ed. Andrew Porter (Oxford: OUP, 
1999), 259-62. 


Niall Ferguson, Empire: The Rise and Demise of the British World 
Order and the Lessons for Global Power (New York: Basic Books, 
2003), xii—xxix, presents a stimulating balance sheet of the legacies 
and issues of imperialism. 


= . (b. 1979) is a Mauritian artist based between London 
and Mauritius. His multidisciplinary practice of 
video, painting, photography, and sculpture employs 
archival photographs and artifacts to explore the 
social, political, and historical conditions integral 
to Mauritian cultural identity and the wider Indian Ocean region. Bayjoo studied at the University of Wales 
Institute, Cardiff, and was artist in residence at Whitechapel Gallery, London during 2011. He has exhibited at 


Tate Britain and Institute of International Visual Arts, London; the Dakar, Sharjah, and Sydney biennials; and 
is a recipient of support from Grants for the Arts, Arts Council of England and a Gasworks Fellowship. 


Credits: © 2013-14, 2016-17 Shiraz Bayjoo 
All works appear courtesy of Shiraz Bayjoo and Ed Cross Fine Art, London and belong to the artist. 


15 


Shiraz Bayjoo 





Sea Shanty, 2013 
digital video, 2:10 (video still) 


16 


Shiraz Bayjoo 





Sea Shanty, 2013 
digital video, 2:10 (video still) 


17 


Shiraz Bayjoo 





Sea Shanty, 2013 
digital video, 2:10 (video still) 


18 


Shiraz Bayjoo 





Sea Shanty, 2013 
digital video, 2:10 (video still) 


19 


Shiraz Bayjoo 





Sea Shanty, 2013 
digital video, 2:10 (video still) 


20 


Shiraz Bayjoo 





Extraordinary Quarantines #12, 2014 
giclée print, 20 x 20 in. 


21 


Shiraz Bayjoo 





Extraordinary Quarantines #15, 2014 
giclée print, 20 x 20 in. 


22 


e wd <= Shiraz Bayjoo 





Extraordinary Quarantines #38, 2014 
giclée print, 20 x 20 in. 


23 


Shiraz Bayjoo 





Extraordinary Quarantines #40, 2014 
giclée print, 20 x 20 in. 


24 


Shiraz Bayjoo 





Fig. 7 (Ocean Miniatures series), 2016 
acrylic, resin, wood, 6.7 x 4.7 x 1 in. 


25 


Shiraz Bayjoo 





Aldabra No. 2 (Ocean Miniatures series), 2016 
acrylic, resin, wood, 6.7 x 8.9 x 0.6 in. 


26 


Shiraz Bayjoo 





Ma Coeur 2 (Ocean Miniatures series), 2017 
acrylic on board, resin, metal, 6.5 x 4.1 x 2.8 in. 


27 


Shiraz Bayjoo 





Madagascar (Ocean Miniatures series), 2017 
acrylic on board, resin, metal, 9.4 x 6.7 x 6.1 in. 


28 


Slavery and Histories of 
Unfreedom in the Indian Ocean 


Pedro Machado 


The societies that ring the Indian Ocean have been indelibly shaped by the move- 
ment of thousands of unfree people. A great variety of commodities as well as ideas 
moved across the waters of this vast seascape, but so too did enormous numbers of 
slaves, unfree, and indentured humans. Indeed, trade in the Indian Ocean cannot be 
understood without these forced migrations whose trajectories were complex and mul- 
tidirectional, and—in a reminder that the ocean was a global space—reached into the 
Atlantic and Pacific worlds. Unfreedom encompassed a wide range of experiences and 
statuses, including various forms of obligation, chattel slavery, and debt-bondage, but 
also indentured servitude and convict labor that at times were closely connected to one 
another.? 

This was a sea where the forced migrations of women, men, and children often 
resulted in long-distance dislocation from homes in the interiors of mainland and island 
Africa, South Asia, and insular Southeast Asia. A sense of this dislocation is conveyed 
powerfully by Wangechi Mutu’s Amazing Grace (86—91). The famous eighteenth-century 
hymn is widely considered to contain an anti-slavery message. Its author, John Newton 
(1725-1807), was a British slave trader in the Atlantic as a young man and later in life 
sought redemption, and this led him to compose the piece. 

Mutu complicates the famous hymn, rendering it in Kikuyu (Gikiyd, a Kenyan lan- 
guage). And its message is no less appropriate for the slave trading world of the Indian 
Ocean. For the traffic in humans in the Indian Ocean world, no less than the Atlantic, 
rested on violence. It dislocated many thousands, separated parents from children, hus- 
bands from wives, and brothers from sisters. It helped to produce the enormously plural 
societies that we see across the Indian Ocean world in which Africans, Indians, Arabs, 
Europeans, and others are thrown together in a great social mixing. 


Conceptualizing Slavery and Unfreedom 


For many scholars and readers alike, slavery is overwhelmingly equated with chattel 
slavery, in which individuals were bought and sold in markets and owned as property. 
This reflects the dominance of the Atlantic plantation complex in understandings of 
slavery. These plantations relied upon the labor of vast numbers of Africans to produce 
sugar, coffee, cotton, and other commodities in harsh conditions for European and 
American consumers. The brutalities of the transatlantic trade in African slaves and the 
equally violent rhythms of plantation life throughout the Americas formed the quintes- 


29 


sential picture of the structures of slavery 
as a commercial enterprise and lived 
experience. 

This Atlantic model, while key to 
understanding the diasporic histories of 
African dispersal in the Americas and 
Caribbean, is of limited utility when we 
turn to the Indian Ocean, for most of the 
bodies that were shipped across its waters 
were not African. Nor did they labor on 
plantations. Rather, slavery and unfree- 
dom in the Indian Ocean were far more 
complex, their histories much deeper, 
and those who were traded and those who 
engaged in the trade more varied than 
in the Atlantic. Chattel slavery certainly 
existed in the Indian Ocean but Africa was 
not the only source for these slaves, who 
flowed into, as well as out of, that conti- 
nent. Overwhelmingly, it was Asians who 
were shipped as slaves across the waters 
of the Indian Ocean. 

Plantations were not the dominant 
site of labor organization, and slavery and 
unfreedom in the Indian Ocean existed in 
social, cultural, and political systems that 
defined belonging within hierarchies of 
dependency. While mobility was possible, 
especially in more “open systems” char- 
acterized by porous boundaries between 
slavery, kinship systems, and other forms 
of labor control, slave and unfree status 
established one’s place and consolidated 
social and labor obligations to individu- 


Slavery and 
Histories of 
Unfreedom 
in the Indian 


Ocean 


als who served as patrons. In turn, these 
patrons were themselves reliant on these 
ties to ensure their own place among 
peers and dependents.? In the Indian 
Ocean, forms of status obligation, bond- 
age, and temporary slavery—for example, 
for debt—coexisted with forms of hered- 
itary slavery. Experiences of slavery were 
diverse and were contingent on the specif- 
ics of regional and social structures. 

No single experience or place can 
thus define the myriad forms of unfreedom 
that existed throughout the long history 
of Indian Ocean slavery, and it is only 
by going beyond an Atlantic model that 
we can more fully understand its extent, 
nature, and dynamics as a key element of 
oceanic history. 


Routes 


Slaves and unfree peoples were 
traded for thousands of years in the Indian 
Ocean. A lack of sources makes it difficult 
to establish the trade’s magnitude, yet 
there is little doubt that it was significant. 
Slaves from areas throughout northeast 
Africa—including today’s Djibouti, Eritrea, 
Ethiopia, Somalia, and Sudan—were 
trafficked regularly to ancient Egypt, for 
example, and in an anonymous mari- 
ner’s guide from the first century CE (the 
Periplus of the Erythraean Sea) slaves are 
listed as one of the commodities traded 
along the ocean’s northwest littoral. This 
was during one of the peak periods in 
the long history of Indian Ocean slaving.? 
By the beginning of the ninth century 
CE, slaves were also being shipped from 
the East African coast south of the Horn 
in a trade that was well established and 
increasingly drawing in large numbers of 
individuals. A sense of the scale of this 
trade is suggested by the dense concen- 
trations of East Africans on agricultural 
estates in southern Mesopotamia where 
many of these so-called Zanj slaves 
became involved in a large-scale revolt 
against the Abbasid caliphate in the 870s 
and early 880s that severely weakened 
Baghdad and its empire.* 





1. Hashim, Malik ‘Ambar, c. 1620, opaque watercolor and 
gold on paper, 15.2 x 10.4 in. (Victoria & Albert Museum, 
London, IM.21-1925). 


Over the following centuries, slavery 
and slave trading remained key compo- 
nents of Indian Ocean exchange. The rapid 
expansion of Islam around the coastline of 
the Arabian Sea after the seventh cen- 
tury CE inaugurated a second significant 
period of slaving from approximately 800 
to 1300 and enabled Muslim mercantile 
groups to create far-flung commercial net- 
works that moved not only commodities 
such as Indian textiles—as well as ideas— 
but also bonded peoples. These networks 
facilitated the transoceanic shipment of 
slaves from the Horn and eastern Africa to 
the Arabian Peninsula, Persian Gulf, and 
South Asia.° 

By the thirteenth century, enslaved 
Africans from the highlands of Ethiopia 
were found in the Ilyas Shahi sultanate of 
Delhi, and the Muslim jurist lbn Battuta 
encountered slaves (known as habashi) 
working as sailors and soldiers. They also 
occupied positions of political authority 
and from the late fifteenth and sixteenth 


30 


centuries were powerful figures in the 
political and military life of India.® 

The most prominent was Malik 
‘Ambar, born with the Oromo name of 
Chapu in the Horn of Africa around 1548 
and sold into slavery at the slave market 
of Mokha (fig. 1). After a short stay in 
Baghdad, he was sold to an important 
Ahmadnagar amir in the Deccan where he 
became a major military leader and then 
himself a political official. He helped to 
repel an invasion by Mughal forces and 
maintained maritime interests, engag- 
ing in Indian Ocean trade. African slaves 
played significant political roles in the 
Deccan and elsewhere in South Asia for 
several decades.’ 

Slave trading was carried out by 
a variety of Muslim, Arab, and Swahili 
merchants who transported thousands of 
captives to markets in the Arabian Penin- 
sula, Gulf, and South and Southeast Asia. 
Recent estimates of the magnitude of this 
trade places annual exports of African 
slaves at around one thousand a year 
between 800 and 1700, increasing in the 
eighteenth century to four to five thousand 
a year, including exports from Madagas- 
car.® Overall, and once we include Euro- 
pean trafficking discussed below, slave 
trading into the Indian Ocean from the Red 
Sea, East Africa, and Madagascar may 
have involved the shipment of up to 2.6 
million slaves between 1401 and 1900. 
While this was a fraction of the Atlantic 
slave trade, where around 12.5 million 
slaves were traded between the fifteenth 
and nineteenth centuries, it represents a 
significant trafficking in human beings. 

The thousands of Africans who were 
sent from the shores of East Africa into 
the slave trades of the western Indian 
Ocean (African slaves did reach more 
distant locations such as China and 
parts of Southeast Asia but were a small 
minority) in most instances had already 
traveled long distances to the coast 
before they were loaded onto sailing 
vessels. They were drawn from the vast 
internal slave trades in Africa that fed all 
of the continent’s external trades but are 


often overlooked in discussions of Indian 
Ocean slavery.° Most captives never left 
Africa but their capture and trade within 
the continent is as much a part of the 
global African diaspora as those who were 
shipped to Hadhramaut, Oman, Gujarat, 
western India, or Sri Lanka. For those who 
were taken from the continent, their jour- 
ney in the western Indian Ocean was an 
extension of natal displacement that had 
begun many months—and in some cases 
years—before they reached the coast and 
the ships that transported them across the 
sea. They were already outsiders within 
Africa before even reaching the new lands 
of the Arabian Peninsula or South Asia. 

Africans may have constituted a 
minority of slaves traded in the waters of 
the Indian Ocean. Indian and Southeast 
Asian slaves were trafficked in significant 
numbers along regional networks that 
shipped slaves over short, medium, and 
long distances, across overland and mar- 
itime routes. It is difficult to establish the 
volume of these trades, however. 

That slavery was a common social 
status is confirmed by the number of 
sources that describe types of slavery and 
how someone could become unfree. For 
instance, the Shari’a and Sunni Muslim 
hadiths recognized particular ways of 
recruiting slaves, and Bugi, Malay, Java- 
nese, and other texts of Southeast Asian 
legal codes discuss the ways in which 
someone could enter a state of bond- 
age.!° Regional slave trading networks 
comprised of Indian, Chinese, and other 
Asian merchants shipped unfree peo- 
ples between areas of the Bay of Bengal, 
insular Southeast Asia, and coastal China. 
They were likely well established and a 
feature of exchange by at least the ninth 
or tenth centuries, and continued to 
grow. Their scale, reach, and intensity is 
suggested by later sources, for instance 
in Dutch materials that show that in the 
seventeenth and early eighteenth centu- 
ries regional networks in the Indonesian 
archipelago were able to secure supplies 
of approximately 100,000—150,000 


slaves from Bali, Lombok, Sumbawa, and 
other islands." 

The coming of Europeans to the 
Indian Ocean after 1498 expanded slavery 
and the trade in both Africans and Asians. 
In many European settlements, slavery 
became a defining feature of social life. It 
is estimated that Europeans in the Indian 
Ocean alone demanded well over half a 
million slaves between 1500 and 1850.?2 

Soon after the Portuguese arrived on 
the Swahili coast in the 1490s, they began 
transporting a few hundred slaves every 
year from the area to their settlements in 
India, China, and Japan for their labor and 
military needs.?° In the late eighteenth 
and early nineteenth centuries, Portu- 
guese slavers expanded their trade in East 
African slaves to the islands of the western 
Indian Ocean such as Mauritius. Signif- 
icant numbers of slaves from the Indian 
Ocean trading world were also shipped 
to Brazil where they worked in towns and 
cities as well as the sugar plantations of 
Bahia. Portuguese slave traders even sent 
Asian slaves across the Pacific to Mexico 
in the sixteenth and seventeenth centu- 
ries.14 

The entry of Dutch and later French 
traders into the Indian Ocean led to even 
greater European involvement in the trade 
of unfree peoples. With its commercial 
networks that spanned southern and 
eastern Africa, India, and Sri Lanka, and 
Southeast Asia, the VOC (Vereenigde 
Oost-Indische Compagnie or Dutch East 
India Company) and private merchants 
purchased slaves in a number of areas. 
Until the 1660s the Indian subcontinent 
was the most important source, with 
supplies often related to natural and 
manmade disasters such as famine and 
drought (the “famine-slave cycle,” a 
reminder of the role environmental factors 
can play in producing slaves) when sale 
into bondage became a mode of survival. 
In the late seventeenth century, political 
changes in India led the Dutch to turn 
to Southeast Asia for their slaves. Wars 
and raiding expeditions secured supplies 
for many decades. The scale of Dutch 


31 


involvement in slavery was reflected inthe Slavery and 


more than sixty-six thousand slaves that Histories of 
could be found in VOC establishments by 

the late seventeenth century. The Dutch Unfreedom 

continued to import large numbers of in the Indian 
slaves into their establishments in the see 


Indian Ocean throughout the eighteenth 
century.+® 

In sum, direct Dutch involvement 
in slave trading throughout the Indian 
Ocean may have been responsible for 
shipping around one hundred thousand 
(and likely more) slaves from the early 
seventeenth until the first decade of the 
nineteenth century, while Dutch demand 
in Batavia (fig. 2) may have resulted in as 





2. Andries Beeckman (1628-64), The Castle of Batavia, c. 1661, oil on 
canvas, 42.5 x 59.6 in. (Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam, SK-A-19). 


many as two to three hundred thousand 
slaves being brought to its shores by local 
merchants.!6 Dutch settlements in the 
Indian Ocean reflected the Company’s 
wide-ranging slave trade. Cape Town, for 
instance, contained slaves from India, Sri 
Lanka, Java, and other islands of today’s 
Indonesia, Melaka, Macao, Madagascar, 
the Mascarenes, and Mozambique.?” 
French slave trading was a notable 
feature of the Indian Ocean world in the 
eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 
Colonization of the Mascarene Islands 
of ile de Bourbon (Réunion; 1663) and 
the ile de France (Mauritius; 1721) by 
the French Compagnie des Indes was 


Slavery and 
Histories of 
Unfreedom 
in the Indian 


Ocean 


the catalyst for the trade, which drew 
primarily on captives from South Asia and 
Africa. The French needed substantial 
numbers of workers for their plantations, 
beginning with coffee in Réunion in the 
1720s and more significantly sugar in 
Mauritius from the 1790s.18 In these 
islands the slave population grew from just 
under forty thousand in the mid-1760s to 
almost 133,000 by the first decade of the 
nineteenth century, with slaves providing 
critical labor services at port facilities, 
and growing foodstuffs needed by naval 
squadrons and other vessels sailing in the 
region. After the islands came under Brit- 
ish control in 1810, a clandestine trade in 
captives continued and at least 107,000 
enslaved Africans, Malagasy, and South- 
east Asians were sold in the Mascarenes 
till the British abolition of the trade around 
1827 in Mauritius and the early 1830s in 
Réunion.?9 

British traders conducted a smaller 
but nonetheless important trade. Like 
other Europeans and Asians active in 
South Asia, they exploited periods of hard- 
ship, as was the case in 1687 when famine 
conditions in Madras (Fort St. George) 
led the British to purchase 665 slaves.?° 
Madras may for a time have been favored 
by English traders in the late seventeenth 
century, for a report from a few years 
earlier noted that “a great number of slaves 
yearly”! were being shipped from there 
to unspecified destinations likely mostly 
in Southeast Asia. Reflecting the global 
nature of Indian Ocean slave trading, 
English traders made at least forty voyages 
that carried slaves (along with other cargo) 
from Madagascar to the Americas between 
1675 and 1700.72 


Experiences 


There was no universal experience of 
slavery in the Indian Ocean world. To be a 
slave varied from the moment of enslave- 
ment, by gender and age, and by the 
social and political context in which the 
slave lived and worked. As we have seen, 
in India slaves served as soldiers in armies. 
Central Asian slaves were purchased for 


the same purpose. Domestic slavery was 
also an important institution and slaves 
worked in elite households across India as 
washers, cooks, tailors, and wet-nurses; 
in some cases, female slaves provided 
sexual services, performed as musicians 
and dancers, and managed the zenana, 
the inner domestic quarters of a house in 
which the women of the family lived.?3 
Asian merchants used African slaves 
on board their vessels as sailors and to 
unload cargo. Slaves—African as well as 
Asian—worked as intermediaries and 
agents for their masters, often being 
responsible for organizing the transpor- 
tation, sale, and distribution of goods 
into interior areas. This was the case for 
a twelfth-century Jewish merchant living 
in Mangalore in India, Abraham Ben Yiju. 
His Indian slave, Bomma, fulfilled a variety 
of commercial roles and sailed between 
Aden and Egypt on behalf of his master. 
Among Europeans, slaves were used 
in a wide array of occupations in homes, 
fields, gardens, streets, ships, and forts. 
In the Dutch case, the majority of slaves 
worked as domestic servants in the house- 
holds both of Company officials, employ- 
ees, and free settlers (“burghers”), and 
of Asian subjects residing in areas under 
imperial jurisdiction. Slaves worked as 
cooks, seamstresses, bakers, and valets, 
built roads and canals, and hauled goods 
as porters and stevedores at docks and 
warehouses. Slaves also grew crops such 
as rice, tobacco, and potatoes in Galle 
and Colombo in Sri Lanka; worked clove 
gardens in Ambon and nutmeg plantations 
in Banda in eastern Indonesia; tended to 
vineyards in the Cape’s wine farms; toiled 
in tin, gold, and other mines in places like 
the west coast of Sumatra; and repaired 
Dutch East Indiamen in Batavia.*° Slaves 
were critical to the edifice of colonial life. 
How slaves and unfree peoples 
were acquired and adjusted (or were 
made to adjust) to bondage—the pro- 
cess of enslavement—is, however, often 
obscured from view. Yet an occasional 
glimpse is available to us from the frag- 
ments of slaves’ lives and from narratives 


32 


of enslavement that appear in sources. 
Many slaves, especially children, were 
kidnapped and then sold into slavery. Ari, 
a slave prisoner at the Cape castle in 1706 
related how “during his childhood years 
[in the area] between Surat and Persia, 
when he was playing on the beach, he was 
carried off by the Dutch and eventually 
sold as a slave.”26 Another slave, a young 
girl who told her story to a British agent 
at Muscat in Oman in 1841, was playing 
with two friends in the street in Yadgir in 
present-day Karnataka (India) when two 
“Arabs” approached the girls with prom- 
ises of food and money. After agreeing 
to go with them, the “eight or nine years 
old” girls were separated before being 
thrown into a world of slavery that involved 
journeys of great distances and multiple 
sales, anot uncommon occurrence. Within 
the space of approximately eighteen 
months, the young girl was sold six times 
as she was trafficked from Hyderabad to 
Bombay, then Mukalla in Yemen, Sur and 
Masirah in Oman, and finally to Muscat 
where she recounted her story.?” Similar 
stories characterized the expansion of 
slaving in East Africa in the nineteenth 
century.28 

Capture in battle was another com- 
mon route into slavery. Among the Rajputs 
of northern India, women captives served 
as concubines, dancers, and domestic 
servants. In other parts of India, male and 
female captives taken in war performed 
tasks such as preparing gunpowder in 
the arsenals of state-controlled forts and 
tending to horse and elephant stables.?? In 
Southeast Asia the Dutch defeat of “rebel- 
lious” peoples often involved the signing of 
treaties with slave clauses whereby a fixed 
number of slaves had to be transferred 
as boete ofte amende (fine or tribute).°° 
Individuals could also enter into servile 
status, as has been noted, through sale 
during times of hardship, which was what 
happened to a ten-year-old girl, “China,” 
who was sold by her mother to a VOC 
employee at the company’s trading post 
at Nagapattinam on India’s Coromandel 
Coast. Following three transfers of own- 


ership, a journey of thousands of miles 
across the western Indian Ocean, and a 
change of name, “Rosa” ended up working 
on the Groot Constantia wine estate at the 
Cape.*! 

Although slaves could face great 
uncertainty and were subject to the whims 
of their owners, the social structures into 
which they were incorporated could allow 
them to develop nuanced relationships of 
kinship and reciprocity with masters, par- 
ticularly within the space of the household. 
The great regional variation in experiences 
of slavery in South Asia, for instance, 
included the possibility for household 
slaves (especially women) to improve their 
status if they had garnered the favor of 
their masters or forged close relationships 
with powerful individuals. In elite Rajput 
households, while the boundaries between 
the position of wife and concubine were 
ritually observed, some slaves managed 
to rise to positions of prominence and 
were even able to exert considerable 
influence over their masters, as we find in 
the eighteenth century with slave-concu- 
bine Gulabrai and Vijay Singh of Jodhpur 
(1752-93). 

That these relationships were possi- 
ble and that complex forms of reciprocity 
and obligation existed or could develop 
between unfree peoples and their masters 
should, however, not create an idea, com- 
mon in colonial discourse, that slavery in 
the Indian Ocean was benign. Often con- 
trasted with the well-documented brutal- 
ities of Atlantic slavery and the harshness 
of slave life in the plantation complexes 
of the Caribbean, Brazil, and elsewhere, 
slave experiences in the Indian Ocean are 
characterized as having been compar- 
atively less violent. But the great variety 
of unfree and servile statuses across the 
ocean, the different social structures, 
varying levels of violence and coercion, 
and the range of labor arrangements that 
existed throughout its vast waters simply 
make it impossible to identify a single or 
representative slave experience. 


Transformations 


From the mid- to late eighteenth 
century, the nature, scale, and dynamics 
of the trafficking of slaves and unfree 
peoples in the Indian Ocean were trans- 
formed. Under the leadership of the 
Busaidi dynasty, the Persian Gulf kingdom 
of Oman deepened its involvement in the 
western Indian Ocean by conquering the 
island of Zanzibar, to where the Omani 
capital was shifted in the nineteenth cen- 
tury. Omani political expansion was sup- 
ported by merchants from the Kachchh 
region of western India who financed 
clove plantations along the East African 
coast that were worked by African slaves 
under grueling conditions. The presence 
of Kachchhi assets in Zanzibar reoriented 
trading routes and established the island 
as a leading entrepdt in the western Indian 
Ocean and an important node in the global 
economy. Equally, growing global demand 
for pearls from the Persian Gulf and Red 
Sea created additional labor pressures for 
divers that were met, in large numbers, 
by African slaves exported from Zanzibar 
and elsewhere along the coast from the 
1870s.%3 

At the same time, as discussed earlier, 
French-owned coffee and sugar planta- 
tions in Réunion and Mauritius provided 
a fillip to the growth of the slave trade, 
especially in Mozambique and East Africa. 
The French continued to import small 
numbers of chattel laborers from places 
such as India, the Persian Gulf, Comoros, 
Ethiopia, and Southeast Asia but they 
were vastly outnumbered by the volume 
of captives brought to the Mascarenes 
from Mozambique and the Swahili coast.*4 
These movements shaped the pluralism of 
Mauritius that is especially well captured 
in the photographic work of Shiraz Bayjoo 
(21-24). 

Two other factors led to an expansion 
in African slave trading in the nineteenth 
century. The first was growing demand 
in the southern Atlantic for slaves from 
the Indian Ocean. Brazilian merchants, 
from Bahia and especially Rio de Janeiro, 
purchased large numbers of slaves from 


33 


Mozambique between the late 1790s and 
1811. But the trade took off in the early 
nineteenth century after Brazil rapidly 
reemerged as a major supplier of sugar— 
and later coffee—to world markets. Nearly 
150,000 slaves left the shores of Mozam- 
bique for Rio in the second and third 
decades of the nineteenth century. The 
second was political changes in Madagas- 
car that led to growing demand for slaves 
on that island. These were supplied from 
Mozambique and the annual sale of slaves 
to Madagascar doubled in the early nine- 
teenth century.*° 

This growth in the Indian Ocean slave 
trade encountered increasing anti-slavery 
sentiment and abolitionist pressures from 
Europe. The British abolished the slave 
trade within its empire in 1806. The British 
navy began to patrol in the western Indian 
Ocean in the 1810s and 1820s where 
it captured slave-carrying dhows and 
“liberated” their cargoes, but the British 
presence was never large enough to put 
a stop to the trade. New markets also 
opened up for slaves in the sugar-growing 
islands of Nosy Bé and Mayotte (which 
the French had acquired in the 1840s), as 
well as in Réunion. In the last, the French 
introduced the engagé labor system in 
1854 to mask the ongoing trade in African 
slaves. Slavery had been abolished offi- 
cially in the French colonies in 1848. This 
resulted in around eight thousand engagés 
being imported into Réunion via Mayotte 
from Mozambique between 1856 and 
1866 alone, while over the second half of 
the century a total of approximately fifty 
thousand ostensibly liberated East African 
and Malagasy slaves and free contractual 
laborers were recruited to work on Mayo- 
tte, Nosy Bé, and Réunion.*° 

Colonial reformers in India, already by 
the late eighteenth century, had become 
concerned over the trade in children 
(proclamations passed in 1789 and 
1790 banned slave exports from Bengal 
and Madras). In the nineteenth century, 
reformers would also focus on stopping 
the importation of African slaves into 
western India. Yet, because of political 


Slavery and 
Histories of 
Unfreedom 
in the Indian 


Ocean 


Slavery and 
Histories of 
Unfreedom 
in the Indian 


Ocean 


expediencies, the British were cautious 

in their approach to local slave systems. 
Even after slavery was “delegalized” in 
India in 1843, and criminalized in 1860, 
the British were ambivalent and were 
often supportive of slaveholders’ property 
rights or configured slavery as primarily 
caste-based, hereditary, and therefore a 
site for non-interference.” 

By this time, however, early experi- 
ments with indentured labor as a replace- 
ment for slaves were successful. This set 
the stage for a post-emancipation planta- 
tion complex that rested on workers from 
the Indian Ocean and beyond. Well before 
the large-scale introduction of indentured 





laborers into the Caribbean in 1838, sev- 
eral thousand Indian and Chinese workers 
were brought to the Mascarenes, where 
Mauritius served in the mid-1830s as an 
important test case for the development 
of indenture.* Yet, in the decades that 
followed, it was Indians who accounted for 
the overwhelming majority of indentured 
laborers who were transported throughout 
the Indian Ocean and the world.°9 

The reasons for the predominance of 
Indians begin with the precedent set by 
convict transportation by the East India 
Company in the late eighteenth and early 
nineteenth centuries in which tens of 
thousands of Indian convicts were shipped 
across the Indian Ocean, in part to meet 
the demands for labor in British settle- 
ments. Convict transportation was one ele- 
ment in a “connected imperial repertoire 
of repressive coerced labour extraction” 
in which the interests of both the British 
state and the East India Company inter- 
sected as a “means of putting into motion 
an alternative unfree labour supply.” Used 
for the construction of infrastructure proj- 
ects in Singapore, Penang, Arakan, and 
elsewhere, as well as for commodity pro- 
duction, convicts had been seen for a time 
as a replacement for slaves and labored 
alongside them and other workers as part 
of a much larger workforce.*° Between 
1787 when the first Indian convicts 


capitalist order. The recruitment of Indians 
involved complex arrangements. It utilized 
local middlemen who traveled to villages 
in search of laborers, while state support 
provided other key logistical elements 
such as emigrant depots and shipping. 
Other forms of contemporary migrant 
labor recruitment, especially the kangani 
or maistry system that would last well into 
the twentieth century (it was utilized also 
within India to recruit labor for tea and 
other plantations), saw around 1.5 million 
migrate to Sri Lanka and Malaya to work 
in the coffee and rubber plantations. The 
conditions of work for indentured laborers 
were often poor, involving long hours and 
exploitative circumstances. Many laborers 
were caught in a debt trap incurred by 
charges by plantation owners for subsis- 
tence. 

In India the systems of recruitment 
connected indenture to slavery, when in 
some places laborers were taken on routes 
that paralleled those that slaves had trav- 
eled in earlier centuries. In South India, 
many indentured laborers were drawn 
from agricultural slave populations.** And 
while indenture nominally rested upon the 
freedom of contract, for many laborers 
the freedom of the market felt very limited 
indeed. 

By 1920 when the indentured system 
ended, over eight hundred thousand Indi- 


3. Indian indentured laborers working on the Uganda Railway, c. 1900 


(Gijsbert Oonk, Asians in East Africa: Images, Histories & Portraits [Arkel: SCA ans had been taken across the kala pani 


were shipped across the Indian Ocean 


Producties, 2004], 33). 





4. An Indian family in Natal, c. 1888 (South African History Online, https:// 
www. sahistory.org.za/article/indenture-new-system-slavery). 


and the early twentieth century, around 
one hundred thousand individuals may 
have been sent to colonial settlements in 
Southeast Asia and Mauritius, and, after 
the 1857—58 Indian mutiny-rebellion, to 
the penal colony in the Andaman Islands. 
The connections between convictism and 
indenture were further evident in British 
officials themselves connecting the two 
labor trades, in the language they used to 
describe them, and in how Indians often 
viewed migration through a prism of incar- 
ceration and transportation.*! 

Indenture in the Indian Ocean devel- 
oped from the mid-nineteenth century as 
a form of “free” labor mobilization that 
met the needs of a rapidly globalizing 


34 


(“black water”) to a variety of destinations. 
More than half were shipped to Mauritius 
where the influx of Indians transformed 
the population of the island; by the begin- 
ning of the twentieth century over 75% of 
the population was from the subcontinent. 
As many as 111,000 indentured labor- 
ers went to Réunion between the 1840s 
and 1890, and up to 40,000 were taken 
to East Africa to construct the Uganda 
Railway connecting Mombasa with the 
Uganda Protectorate (fig. 3). 

However, it was to the sugar plan- 
tations of Natal (fig. 4) that the second 
largest number (over two hundred thou- 
sand) of indentured laborers was taken, 
in some cases directly from Mauritius that 


operated at times as a sub-imperial node 
within the system.’ It was, in part, among 
these workers in Natal that a young Indian 
barrister from western India, Mohandas K. 
Gandhi, forged his political philosophy and 
identity. 

In South Africa, indentured laborers 
joined other Asian and African migrants 
in the creation of a working class whose 
solidarities would challenge the excesses 
of capital in the twentieth century and 
forge political alliances in the anti-apart- 
heid movement.* While in Mauritius, the 
dramatic change to the population as a 
result of the large influx of indentured 
laborers—so-called passenger Indians 
began to arrive on the island from the late 
nineteenth century too—gradually mar- 
ginalized the long histories of African and 
Malagasy migration and settlement that 
had preceded indenture. Consequently, in 
the twentieth century, there were growing 
calls by Afro-Mauritians for greater polit- 
ical representation amidst contestations 
over identity politics and the “Hinduiza- 
tion” of society that contributed to silenc- 
ing their voices.*° Elsewhere, indentured 
labor migrants and their descendants 
have challenged the limits of postcolonial 
national identities in the Indian Ocean— 
inflected with elements of religious nation- 
alism that reached heightened levels in Sri 
Lanka as well as in Southeast Asia—that 
sought to define exclusionary ideas about 
natal belonging. 





The movement of thousands of slaves 
and unfree peoples across the waterways 
of the Indian Ocean over many hundreds 
of years has profoundly shaped the societ- 
ies that they entered and ultimately—even 
though it often entailed struggle—to which 
they came to belong. The legacies of these 
movements are complex, multifaceted, 
and are implicated also in how historical 
memory and the retelling of the past can 
privilege one version over another, or 
indeed be suppressed. Coming to terms 
with these pasts requires us to acknowl- 
edge their multivalent nature and central- 


ity to the emergence of a subaltern and 
cosmopolitan Indian Ocean, defying any 
single narrative. 





35 


Slavery and 
Histories of 
Unfreedom 

in the Indian 


Ocean 


Slavery and 
Histories of 
Unfreedom 
in the Indian 


Ocean 


Pedro Machado is associate professor of history at Indiana Uni- 
versity, Bloomington. He is the author of several works, including 
Ocean of Trade: South Asian Merchants, Africa and the Indian 
Ocean, c. 1750—1850 (2014), “Views from Other Boats: On Ami- 
tav Ghosh’s Indian Ocean ‘Worlds,’” American Historical Review 
121, no. 5 (Dec. 2016), and most recently co-edited Pearls, 
People, and Power: Pearling and Indian Ocean Worlds (2019). 
He is currently at work on a global history of pearl and pear! 

shell collection and exchange while also developing research on 
eucalyptus and colonial forestry in the Portuguese Empire in the 
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 


1 Constraints on space, and the focus of the /ndian Ocean Current 
exhibition, mean that | am unable to discuss all of these forms in this 
esSay. 


2 Markus Vink, “‘The World’s Oldest Trade’: Dutch Slavery and Slave 
Trade in the Indian Ocean in the Seventeenth Century,” Journal 
of World History 14, no. 2 (June 2003): 131—77; Andrea Major, 
“Unfree Labor in Colonial South Asia,” Oxford Research Encyclope- 
dia of Asian History, Apr. 2019, https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore 
/9780190277727.013.360. 


3. GwynCampbell, “Introduction: Slavery and Other Forms of Unfree 
Labour in the Indian Ocean World,” in The Structure of Slavery in 
Indian Ocean Africa and Asia (London: Frank Cass, 2004); Gwyn 
Campbell, “Slavery in the Indian Ocean World,” in The Routledge 
History of Slavery, ed. Gad Heuman and Trevor Burnard (London: 
Routledge, 2011), 52-63. 


Pier M. Larson, “African Slave Trades in Global Perspective,” in The 
Oxford Handbook of Modern African History, ed. John Parker and 
Richard Reid (Oxford: OUP, 2013), 67. 


5 Edward A. Alpers, “India and Africa,” Oxford Research Encyclopedia 
of Asian History, Sept. 2018, https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore 
/9780190277727.013.26. 


6 Alpers, “India and Africa.” 


7 Richard M. Eaton provides a useful account of Malik ‘Ambar’s life 
in A Social History of the Deccan, 1300—1761: Eight Indian Lives 
(Cambridge: CUP, 2005), 105—28. 


8 Pier M. Larson, Ocean of Letters: Language and Creolization in an 
Indian Ocean Diaspora (Cambridge: CUP, 2009), table 1.2; Larson, 
“African Slave Trades,” table 3.1; Richard B. Allen, “Ending the His- 
tory of Silence: Reconstructing European Slave Trading in the Indian 
Ocean,” Revista Tempo 23, no. 2 (May—Aug. 2017): 294-313, 296. 


36 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


Pier M. Larson, “Horrid Journeying: Narratives of Enslavement and 
the Global African Diaspora,” Journal of World History 19, no. 4 
(Dec. 2008): 431-64. 


Vink, “‘World’s Oldest Trade,’” 150—51. 


Vink, 144; Allen, “History of Silence,” 296-97; Hans Hagerdal, 
“The Slaves of Timor: Life and Death on the Fringes of Early Colonial 
Society,” /tinerario 34, no. 2 (Aug. 2010): 19—44. 


Richard B. Allen, European Slave Trading in the Indian Ocean, 
1500-1850 (Athens: Ohio UP, 2014). 


Further details in Pedro Machado, Ocean of Trade: South Asian 
Merchants, Africa and the Indian Ocean, c. 1750—1850 (Cambridge: 
CUP, 2014). Allen, “History of Silence,” 297. 


Tatiana Seijas, Asian Slaves in Colonial Mexico: From Chinos to Indi- 
ans (New York: Cambridge UP, 2014). 


Vink, “‘World’s Oldest Trade,’” table 4. 


Allen, European Slave Trading, table 1; Remco Raben, “Cities and 
the Slave Trade in Early-Modern Southeast Asia,” in Linking Desti- 
nies: Trade, Towns and Kin in Asian History, ed. Peter Boomgaard, 
Dick Kooiman, and Henk Schulte Nordholt (Leiden: KITLV Press, 
2008), 135; Allen, “History of Silence,” 296—97. 


Nigel Worden, “Indian Ocean Slaves in Cape Town, 1695-1807,” 
Journal of Southern African Studies 42, no. 3 (2016): 389—408. 


Machado, Ocean of Trade, 216. 


Richard B. Allen, Slaves, Freedmen, and Indentured Laborers in 
Colonial Mauritius (Cambridge: CUP, 1999); Richard B. Allen, “Sup- 
pressing a Nefarious Traffic: Britain and the Abolition of Slave Trad- 
ing in India and the Western Indian Ocean, 1770—1830,” William 
and Mary Quarterly, 3rd. ser., 66, no. 4 (Oct. 2009): 873-94, 888. 


Vink, “‘World’s Oldest Trade,’” 143. 

Report cited in Basanta Kumar Basu, “Notes on Slave Trade and 
Slavery in India during the Early Days of John Company,” Muslim 
Review (Calcutta) 4, no. 4 (1930): 22, and quoted in Allen, “History 
of Silence,” 298. 

Vink, “‘World’s Oldest Trade,’” 143, 146. 


Major, “Unfree Labor,” 5. 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 


32 


Amitav Ghosh, “The Slave of MS.H.6,” Subaltern Studies 7 (1993): 
159-220 and Jn an Antique Land (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1993) 
by the same author. See also Elizabeth A. Lambourn, Abraham’s 
Luggage: A Social Life of Things in the Medieval Indian Ocean World 
(Cambridge: CUP, 2018). 


Vink, “‘World’s Oldest Trade,’” 160—62. 


Nigel Worden and Gerald Groenewald, eds., Trials of Slavery: 
Selected Documents Concerning Slaves from the Criminal Records 
of the Council of Justice at the Cape of Good Hope, 1705-1794 
(Cape Town: Van Riebeeck Society for the Publication of South 
African Historical Documents, 2005), 8, quoted in Worden, “Indian 
Ocean Slaves,” 397. 


British Parliamentary Papers, Slave Trade, 25, Class A, 401, quoted 
in Hideaki Suzuki, “Tracing Their ‘Middle’ Passages: Slave Accounts 
from the Nineteenth-Century Western Indian Ocean,” in African 
Voices on Slavery and the Slave Trade, ed. Alice Bellagamba, Sandra 
E. Greene, and Martin A. Klein (Cambridge: CUP, 2013), 314-15. 


Larson, “Horrid Journeying,” 441 discusses Chilekwa, captured as 

a young boy in present-day eastern Zambia in the 1870s. For other 
African narratives of enslavement, including the well-known case of 
Swema, a Yao girl from northwestern Mozambique, who in 1864 was 
given to a creditor as a pawn to cover a debt that her mother could 
not repay but who was sold to a passing slave caravan and eventu- 
ally loaded onto a slaving dhow at Kilwa that was sailing to Zanzibar, 
see Edward A. Alpers, “The Other Middle Passage: The African 
Slave Trade in the Indian Ocean,” in Many Middle Passages: Forced 
Migration and the Making of the Modern World, ed. Emma Christo- 
pher, Cassandra Pybus, and Marcus Rediker (Berkeley: University of 
California Press, 2007), 20-38. 


Sumit Guha, “Slavery, Society, and the State in Western India, 
1700-1800,” in Slavery & South Asian History, ed. Indrani Chat- 
terjee and Richard M. Eaton (Bloomington: Indiana UP, 2006), 162— 
86. The Maratha regime, which had sizeable infantry and cavalry 
units in western India, does not seem to have used slaves in military 
roles, drawing instead on freelance local and foreign soldiers. 


Vink, “‘World’s Oldest Trade,’” 154. 

Worden, “Indian Ocean Slaves,” 398. 

Major, “Unfree Labor,” 7. Further details are available in Ramya 
Sreenivasan, “Drudges, Dancing Girls, Concubines: Female Slaves 


in Rajput Polity, 1500—1850,” in Chatterjee and Eaton, Slavery & 
South Asian History, 136-61. 


37 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


38 


39 


40 


Matthew S. Hopper, S/aves of One Master: Globalization and Slavery Slavery and 


in Arabia in the Age of Empire (New Haven: Yale UP, 2015). Histories of 

Details and references in Machado, Ocean of Trade, 217. See also Unfreedom 

Allen, European Slave Trading, 23. in the Indian 
Ocean 


Further details in Machado, Ocean of Trade. 


Sidi Ainouddine, “L’esclavage aux Comores: Son fonctionnement 
de la période arabe en 1904,” in Esclavage et abolition dans I’Océan 
Indien, 1723—1869, ed. Edmund Maestri (Paris: L’Harmattan, 
2002), 102; Richard B. Allen, “Asian Indentured Labor in the 19th 
and Early 20th Century Colonial Plantation World,” Oxford Research 
Encyclopedia of Asian History, Mar. 2017, https://doi.org/10.1093 
/acrefore/9780190277727.013.33. Engagé involved slaves entering 
into contracts that technically—but not in practice—turned them 
into “free” labor, thereby allowing the French in the face of diplo- 
matic pressures to claim that they were adhering to anti-slaving 
agreements. Engagé labor was officially used until 1864, when the 
French finally discontinued it. 


Andrea Major, “Enslaving Spaces: Domestic Slavery and the 
Spatial, Ideological and Practical Limits of Colonial Control in the 
Nineteenth-Century Rajput and Maratha States,” /ndian Economic 
& Social History Review 46, no. 3 (2009): 318; and Andrea Major, 
Slavery, Abolitionism and Empire in India, 1772—1843 (Liverpool: 
LUP, 2012), 8—9. The British did sign treaties with Radama | of 
Madagascar in 1817 and 1820 banning exports from the areas of 
Madagascar under his control; and in 1822 with Seyyid Said, sultan 
of Oman, which prohibited the sale of slaves to Europeans at Zanzi- 
bar and throughout Omani possessions along the Swahili coast. 


As noted recently, however, the early importation of indentured 
Asian labor into Mauritius appears to have been predated by the 
arrival into Trinidad of Chinese indentured laborers in 1806 but it 
was on a small scale as only two hundred were shipped to the Carib- 
bean. See Allen, “Asian Indentured Labor.” 


To avoid the idea that indentured labor is reducible to Indian or 
Asian labor, it is important to note that Africans were sent also as 
indentured laborers to European colonies in the Caribbean in the 
nineteenth century. 


Clare Anderson, “Convicts, Commodities, and Connections in British 
Asia and the Indian Ocean, 1789-1866,” in “Free and Unfree Labor 
in Atlantic and Indian Ocean Port Cities (1 700—1850),” ed. Pepijn 
Brandon, Niklas Frykman, and Pernille Rage, special issue 27, /nter- 
national Review of Social History 64 (Apr. 2019): 205—27, quotes 
from 207, 210. 


Slavery and 
Histories of 
Unfreedom 
in the Indian 


Ocean 


41 


42 


43 


45 


The work of Clare Anderson is especially important here, e.g., 
Convicts in the Indian Ocean: Transportation from South Asia to 
Mauritius, 1815—53 (New York: St. Martin’s, 2000); “Convicts and 
Coolies: Rethinking Indentured Labour in the Nineteenth Century,” 
Slavery & Abolition 30, no. 1 (Mar. 2009): 93-109; and Subal- 

tern Lives: Biographies of Colonialism in the Indian Ocean World, 
1790—1920 (Cambridge: CUP, 2012). 


This was suggested by Benedicte Hijejle, “Slavery and Agricultural 
Bondage in South India in the Nineteenth Century,” Scandina- 

vian Economic History Review 15, nos. 1—2 (1967): 71-126; and 
recently developed especially by Allen, e.g., European Slave Trading. 
See also Marina Carter, “Slavery and Unfree Labour in the Indian 
Ocean,” History Compass 4, no. 5 (2006): 800-813. 


David Northrup, /ndentured Labor in the Age of Imperialism, 1834— 
1922 (Cambridge: CUP, 1995); Allen, “Asian Indentured Labor”; 
Alpers, “India and Africa.” 


| should caution that the political and intellectual histories of the 
relationship between India and South Africa are complex and can- 
not be encapsulated by a simple notion of “Afro-Asian” solidarity; 
for an exploration of these histories, see, for instance, Jon Soske, 
Internal Frontiers: African Nationalism and the Indian Diaspora in 
Twentieth-Century South Africa (Athens: Ohio UP, 2017). 


Edward A. Alpers, “Recollecting Africa: Diasporic Memory in the 
Indian Ocean World,” in “Africa’s Diaspora,” ed. Judith Byfield, 
special issue, African Studies Review 43, no. 1 (Apr. 2000): 83-99, 
87. More recently, there have been attempts to redress this margin- 
alization of Mauritian Creoles (descendants of the island’s largely 
African and Malagasy slave populations) through measures such 

as the creation of the Truth and Justice Commission. For a useful 
and comparative discussion of the heritage of slavery and nation 
building in Mauritius and postapartheid South Africa, see Anne 
Eichmann, “The Heritage of Slavery and Nation Building: A Compar- 
ison of South Africa and Mauritius,” in Slavery, Memory and Identity: 
National Representations and Global Legacies, ed. Douglas Ham- 
ilton, Kate Hodgson, and Joel Quirk (London: Pickering & Chatto, 
2012), 64—76. 


38 


: (b. 1976) lives and works in Mumbai where she studied 
sculpture at the Sir J. J. School of Fine Arts from 
1992 to 1997. Her work has been exhibited at the 
Berlin, Havana, Kochi-Muziris, Liverpool, Sharjah, and 
Venice biennials; Kathmandu and Yokohama triennials; Arnolfini—Centre for Contemporary Arts, Bristol; 
Contemporary Arts Center, Cincinnati; Guangdong Museum of Art, Guangzhou; Kiran Nadar Museum of Art, 
New Delhi; Louisiana Museum of Modern Art, Humlebzek; MoMA, New York; Mori Art Museum, Tokyo; and 


Musée de design et d’arts appliqués contemporains, Lausanne, among others. 


Credits: © 2005—06, 2009-10, 2013 Shilpa Gupta 

All works appear courtesy of Shilpa Gupta and Galleria Continua, San Gimignano, Beijing, Les Moulins, and 
La Habana. 

Installation views: Bose Pacia, New York, 2006 (40); Havana Biennial, 2006 (41); OK Offenes Kulturhaus 
Oberésterreich, Linz, 2010—11 (42); Chemould Prescott Road, Mumbai, 2012 (43, 45) 

Photos: Otto Saxinger (42); Anil Rane (43, 45); Ela Bialkowska (47—51) 


39 


Shilpa Gupta 





Ge ita a i. 


Untitled (There Is No Border Here), 2005—06 
wall drawing with self-adhesive tape, 118 x 118 in. 


40 


Shilpa Gupta 





1 MS 
ay an 


=p EL ae 
RED nu rial 


Untitled (No hay frontera aqui), 2005—06 
wall drawing with self-adhesive tape, 118 x 118 in. 


41 


Shilpa Gupta 














Speaking Wall, 2009-10 
interactive sensor-based sound installation: LCD screen, bricks, headphones, 8:00 interaction loop, 118 x 118 x 118 in. 
Museum Voorlinden, Wassenaar 


42 


Shilpa Gupta 


Speaking Wall, 2009-10 
interactive sensor-based sound installation: LCD screen, bricks, headphones, 8:00 interaction loop, 118 x 118 x 118 in. 
Museum Voorlinden, Wassenaar 


43 





Shilpa Gupta 


Speaking Wall transcription 





Step away one step 
Go a bit further away 
Go back 
Step away one step 


Stay 
| am the wall in your house 
that you are unable to see 


You walk past me 
and you may never know 
You came 
You took 
You left 
| continue to bleed 


Step a bit closer 

Step a bit closer 
Closer 
Closer 
Closer 

Step a bit closer 

But you are still unable to see me 
And the distance is convenient 


Beyond this screen 
You really don’t have to know me 

One step back 
One more 

One step back 
One more 

One step forward 
Move forward 
Ok fine 
Now you are no longer stepping on the border 
Are you not able to see it? 
It is on the ground below you 


The wind shifted it by a few cms 
One step forward 
One step forward 














So it’s fine 


So | no longer need 
Your ID 
No longer need to know 
Your name 
Your religion 
Your sex 
and the place you come from 
Step a bit closer 
A bit closer 
Is the place you come from 
The place you were born 
Or the place you grew up 
Or the place you inhabit 
Virtually 
Mentally 
Philosophically 
Physically 
Step away one step 
March forward one step 
One step 


Yes 
Now you are on the line 
where | last night made the border 
But since it is raining today 
It’s a bit difficult to see it 


Did grand mom come 
from your side onto my side 
to visit our mother’s grave? 


Ah, she must have 
Still got the keys to the house 


What do | do? 

She took the keys 
And walked 
forward a few cms more 
And the rain shifted 
the border last night 


lam no longer able to enter my house 











Shilpa Gupta 


Speaking Wall, 2009-10 
interactive sensor-based sound installation: LCD screen, bricks, headphones, 8:00 interaction loop, 118 x 118 x 118 in. 
Museum Voorlinden, Wassenaar 


45 


Shilpa Gupta 








Fenced Borders 

Every summer, people over dinner tables across India and 
Pakistan spend hours talking and arguing over the taste of mango. 

Walking not far, toward the east, stand the alluring mangroves 
that have captured the imagination and stories of the islands of the 
Sundarbans swamps, stretching like a band through the two coun- 
tries of India and Bangladesh, as they dip into the Bay of Bengal. 

The acacias of Western Sahara sprawl across the dry sands of 
the several lengths of barrier gradually built by Morocco through a 
land left in flux after those who came and left. 

Olive is the national tree of Palestine and Israel. 

Pecan is relished in Mexico and the USA. 

The length of thread is in ratio to the length of fences con- 
structed on different borders. 


Lz—_~-F=SF 








Mango Tree 1:7834000, 2013 


thread and glue on paper, 14 x 21 in. 


private collection 


47 


Shilpa Gupta 


Shilpa Gupta 


Mangrove 1:6235011, 2013 
thread and glue on paper, 14 x 21 in. 
private collection 


48 


Shilpa Gupta 


Acacia Tree 1:2337358, 2013 
thread and glue on paper, 14 x 21 in. 
private collection 


49 


Shilpa Gupta 


Olive Tree 1:1547703, 2013 
thread and glue on paper, 14 x 21 in. 
private collection 


50 


Shilpa Gupta 


Pecan Tree 1:3897254, 2013 
thread and glue on paper, 14 x 21 in. 
private collection 


51 


What the Ocean Gives 


Kalpana R. Seshadri 


That which exists, whatever this might be, coexists 
because it exists. 
—Jean-Luc Nancy! 


Gaia is the name of the Earth seen as a single physi- 
ological system, an entity that is alive at least to the 
extent that, like other living organisms, its chem- 
istry and temperature are self-regulated at a state 
favourable for its inhabitants....Gaia is an evolving 
system, a system made up from all living things and 
their surface environment, the oceans, atmosphere, 
and crustal rocks, the two parts tightly coupled and 
indivisible. It is an “emergent domain”—a system 
that has emerged from the reciprocal evolution of 
organisms and their environment over the eons of life 
on Earth. In this system, the self-regulation of climate 
and chemical composition are entirely automatic. 
Self-regulation emerges as the system evolves. No 
foresight, planning, or teleology (suggestion of design 
or purpose in nature) are involved. 

—James Lovelock? 


Uncontainable, insuppressible, and unstoppable it 
pours over the edge acknowledging no frame as a limit (fig. 
1). Within our narrow electromagnetic spectrum, it is of high 


1. Ad Reinhardt (1913-67), 
Abstract Painting, Blue, 1952, oil 


frequency, arriving in short wavelengths. Its essence is to on canvas, 75 x 28 in. (Carnegie 
scatter immediately even as it makes appear the sky and Museum of Art, Pittsburgh, 
the deep sea—the color blue (110—39). 65.26). 


Our planet is blue because more than 70% of the 
earth’s surface is covered by ocean waters. Yet, political and ethical environmentalism, 
whether expressed through social movements, business practices, or art, as with the 
Green Party, Greenpeace, or Green Economy, use the color green to signify their con- 
cern and solidarity with earth systems. It can be argued that green serves as a metonym 


53 





Us to Think 


for environmentalism due to the bias of 
environmentalists toward land-based 

or terrestrial ecosystems over marine 

or aquatic systems and beings. Where 
biodiversity is concerned, such bias could 
potentially be defended by a simple fac- 
toid like the one shared by Sarah Zhang, a 
writer for the Atlantic Monthly. “Why,” she 
asks, “are there so many more species on 
land when the sea is bigger?” Zhang cites 
a 1994 article from Science by Robert May 
to give the following answer: 


One reason May and others 
since have suggested is the 
physical layout of terrestrial 
habitats, which may be both 
more fragmented and more 
diverse. For example, as Charles 
Darwin famously documented 

in the Galapagos, islands are 
hotbeds for diversification. Over 
time, natural selection and even 
chance can turn two different 
populations of the same species 
on two islands into two species. 
The ocean is, in contrast, one 
big interconnected body of 
water, with fewer physical bar- 
riers to keep populations apart. 
It also doesn’t have as many 
temperature extremes that can 
drive diversification on land.? 


What the 


Ocean Gives 





The fact that over 91% of marine spe- 
cies, according to the US National Ocean 
Service,* remain unidentified does not 





ern sensibility. Modern critical thought, 
on the contrary, discovers difference and 
values distinctions rather than uniformity 


UstoThink concern Zhang and, given the absence of and oneness. And yet, for conservation- 
a tribunal to adjudicate the issue, it need ists and climate scientists, something of 
not concern us here either. But, what!I find that ancient One of the waters reappears 
interesting is the way that factoid reso- in their reference to “the Ocean” as the 
nates with the ancient tradition of referring primeval source of life that sustains the 
to the Ocean as the symbol of oneness, living> by maintaining the homeostasis of 
union, and the dissolution of difference. the planet’s atmosphere. Though not nec- 
For instance, all the major Asian religious essarily theological or eschatological, the 
traditions use the idea of diverse rivers contemporary earth systems idea of “the 
mingling in the Ocean as a concrete met- Ocean” is also inescapably ontological. 
aphor for union with the divine or salva- By that | mean, that it is implicated in our 
tion. There is a rich rhetorical irony in the inquiry into Being or existence. 
overuse of this image: as a metaphor for For critical thought that is open to the 
dying, it is also a dying metaphor, in other perspectives of Gaia or earth systems, 
words, a cliché that betokens a premod- evolutionary biology, and climate science, 
the Ocean/s can well be con- 
————— templated in terms of what the 
ge acerca vi philosopher Jean-Luc Nancy 
alesis Seeeprereintes theorizes as “being-singular-plu- 
= ral.” For Nancy, Heidegger’s 
a Be question about the meaning of 
Aone being can be understood only 
= iF a as originally and constitutively 
ancenrove \ MORWECE CzARs a “being-with.” If concern with 
te oct \ ME seater reasemm Being is Being, Nancy’s insis- 
eA a ron tence falls on the “between,” 
paar YS omiane teen -. the mutuality that is implied 
we» i: , in “being-with,” because it is 
me e)\ Sey Sess “being-with” that affirms the 
a ime ‘\ > lmapnl oe, SO shared commons as the precon- 
me i or dition of being. He writes: “It is 
Ce a, In — : not the case that the ‘with’ is an 
ow i \ es 3 addition to some prior Being; 
\. “Us jae instead, the ‘with’ is at the 
a a De heart of Being. In this respect, 
\~ / it is absolutel t 
=. Se . ly necessary to 
re Near _ reverse the order of philosoph- 
dt reseed \ ) ical exposition, for which it has 
Ey Goes 4 wet ree been a matter of course that the 
| 6 ae cal ‘with’—and the other that goes 
wine wae along with it—always comes 
Mh ye a “ rs second, even though this suc- 
Antarcte 4 - 4 . te . 
SS ln ee eee “anak cession is contradicted by the 
Ye et _*e underlying [profonde] logic in 
—_—, venngey _}WRUSTRALIA question here. Even Heidegger 


FN nt ¥ 


2. Map of the claims made over Antarctic territory, including the Southern Sea region 
(ASOC/CIA, https://Awww.asoc.org/advocacy/antarctic-governance). 


preserves this order of succes- 
sion in a remarkable way.”® 


54 


Let me clarify that Nancy’s being- 
with alludes primarily to an “other” who is 
equally concerned with being. Neverthe- 
less, | suggest that by his own logic (which 
relies on the topographical metaphor 
of the deep [underlying/profonde)), his 
between-ness necessarily assumes the 
co-existence of the non-human, including 
the mineral, the abiotic, or the so-called 
inorganic. For, the Ocean is a profound 
(deep) Commons, and belonging to Gaia 
it co-exists, rather than pre-exists. As 
Lovelock says: “Without water there can 
be no life; and...without life there would 
be no water. Life enabled the Earth to hold 
onto its oceans, and they now dominate 
its surface. As remarkable as the presence 
of water is the fact that ocean salinity 
appears never to have exceeded the criti- 
cal limit for life.”” 

Being singular-plural is being with the 
Ocean at all times and in all spaces—even 
inland, in fact, more urgently when we are 
inland: for we are always in a relation with 
the Ocean in its/our singular-plurality. 


Borders 


As this exhibition attests, an ongoing 
trend in the social sciences and human- 
ities focuses on maritime regions, rather 
than nation-states, to grapple with trans- 
national exchanges and capitalist global- 
ization. The Indian Ocean is one of the 
oldest regions for long-distance exchange, 
followed by the Atlantic system. The 
oceans in their plurality are fundamen- 
tally littoral zones—seas, coastlines, and 
coastal communities. To contemplate the 
Ocean as a correlate of ontology necessi- 
tates asking the question: In what sense 
do the oceans exist? 

The schoolroom wisdom is that there 
are five oceans of which the Indian Ocean 
is the third largest. It is also the second 
deepest on average after the Pacific, and 
contains the second deepest trench after 
the Marianas. On certain hydrographic 
maps it looks like a lake bound by land on 
three sides. The boundaries of the oceans, 
of course, are not marked by natural for- 
mations, but are fixed by the IHO (Interna- 


tional Hydrographic Organization, formerly 
Bureau). The IHO was established in 1921 
by the leading colonial powers of the time, 
Britain and France, along with eighteen 
other countries with maritime interests. 

It describes its objectives in terms of the 
coordination of hydrographic activities 
worldwide and standardization of nautical 
surveys, charts, and other procedures.?® 
Where the Indian Ocean is concerned, the 
IHO in 1953 included the Southern Sea 
within its boundaries. This was subse- 
quently altered in 2002 (but has not been 
ratified), with the border now at 60°S, 
excluding the Southern Sea.° Australia 
apparently objects to the redefinition, and 
argues to set the border at 67°S. The bor- 
der dispute is interesting if only because 
it discloses the epistemology of the five 
oceans as always already a thought of 
property, possession, and power (fig. 2). 
To regionalize the Ocean is to historicize 
and politicize it, for borders are constitu- 
tive of the political. 

One does not have to be a sentimen- 
talist to associate borders with exclusion, 
or view borders, be they checkpoints, 
walls, or fences, as an invidious concept 
separating and obstructing the circulation 
of people and goods. Unsurprisingly, in the 
context of nation-states, borders on land, 
water, or air, are represented as sites of 
war. And yet, the concept of the border as 
a limit category is necessary for political 
discourse. Conceptually, the border is not 
only situated as a spatial limit, it is also at 
the center of a community’s identity. Free 
market proponents, for instance, oppose 
all borders on principle for economic 
reasons. Ultimately, it is not the existence 
of borders themselves, but how a given 
border is drawn, understood, held, and 
guarded that is the substance of politics 
and history—it is the terrain of articulat- 
ing justice and struggle. Thus, however 
problematic or contested given theories 
of sovereignty and self-sufficiency may 
be, the border as a concept nevertheless 
enables the prevalence of the “co-” of 
co-existence. 


Two works in this exhibition engage 
the problematic status of borders through 
techniques of self-reflexive representation. 
Shiraz Bayjoo’s Sea Shanty (16—20) is a 
video that was conceived in 2013. The 
video in the current exhibition is projected 
on a hessian screen, but if each installa- 
tion is a unique event, then the elements 
of the 2016 installation that used the brick 
walls of Fort Adelaide in Port Louis, Mauri- 
tius as a screen is worth reflecting upon. In 
the film of that installation (fig. 3), a brick 
wall is clearly visible and the superimpo- 
sition of the Ocean upon brick creates an 
unsettling effect. 

The doubled representation of the 
Port Louis display produces an experi- 
ence of migration as a mise en abyme of 
contexts, potentially signifying the waters 
of the Ocean as colluding with the walls 
of separation and oppression. The sailors’ 
rhythmic work song (the shanty or chan- 
tey) that accompanies the video carries an 
ambivalent pathos as all work songs do. 
The song encourages efficient labor—a 
gentler whip administered by the workers 
themselves. Bayjoo’s video, by quoting 
the Ocean footage in terms of walls upon 
walls, situates this and other of his works 
within the history of forced migration, 
exploitative labor, and colonialism. 

Shilpa Gupta’s 2005—06 work Unti- 
tled (There Is No Border Here) (40) also 
addresses some of the contradictions 
inherent in the concept of the border. The 
work unambiguously decries “the border” 
by signifying the violence of the cut at mul- 
tiple levels. First, we see a flag on the wall, 
but the flag is made up of words cut out of 
yellow police tape used to cordon off crime 
scenes printed not with the familiar words 
prohibiting entry but with the phrase 
“there is no border here.” The text of the 
flag speaks of cutting “the sky in half” 
and the impossibility of maintaining the 
separation because of the drifting clouds 
and the common rain. While the shape of 
a flag attests to the exclusionary function 
of borders, the words of the text speak 
of their impossibility and failure. Further- 
more, the material substance of the words 


55 


What the 
Ocean Gives 
Us to Think 


(the yellow tape that declares there is no 
border) ironizes and subverts the function 
of separation, thereby suggesting that sep- 
arations and borders will invariably undo 
themselves. And yet, there are the letters 
beyond the texts (meaning itself as only 
marks on a page, or cuts on a surface) and 
the spaces between the words that silently 
claim the originality of difference. 

Thus, in their plurality, the five oceans 
as spatially bounded categories delineate 
the domain of history and politics, i.e., the 
contestation or politics of meaning. But, to 
think the Ocean in terms of its/our singu- 





3. Shiraz Bayjoo (b. 1979), Sea Shanty, installation view at Port Louis, 2016 
(https://vimeo.com/185318785). 


lar-plurality invokes the ethics of meaning 
as first philosophy, i.e., ontology. To cite 
Nancy again: “No ethics would be inde- 
pendent from an ontology. Only ontology, 
in fact, may be ethical in a consistent 
manner.”?!° 


Complexity/Entanglement 


A complex system is an ensemble of 
sub-systems, whose dynamic behaviors in 
their interactions and interdependencies 
produce effects of the whole that cannot 
be reduced to a sum of its parts. Scientists 
call these effects an “emergence.” Exam- 
ples include rain forests, neural networks, 
economies, and of course the earth 
systems or Gaia herself. For philosophy or 
critical thinking, complex systems and the 
concept of emergence offer endless the- 
oretical possibilities and a profound chal- 
lenge to conventional histories of totality 


What the 
Ocean Gives 
Us to Think 


as a concept that implies a whole and its 
parts, or an entirety that betokens a sover- 
eign One. It is not surprising therefore that 
the term that philosophers have taken up 
to express the implication of the existen- 
tial and the systemic is “entanglement.” 
Entanglement travels from physics where 
it describes quantum states across other 
scientific disciplines to critical thinking, 
not to serve as an analogy, but to name 
the singular-plurality of existential reality. 
In her Meeting the Universe Halfway, the 
quantum physicist and philosopher Karen 
Barad offers a rigorous explanation of 

the term “entanglement.” Based on her 
reading of the scientist Niels Bohr and the 


critical thinker Donna Haraway, she writes: 


The primary ontological unity 

is not independent objects with 
independently determinate 
boundaries and properties 

but rather what Bohr terms 
“phenomena.”...The neolo- 
gism “intra-action” signifies 

the mutual constitution of 
entangled agencies. That is, in 
contrast to the usual “interac- 
tion,” which assumes that there 
are separate individual agencies 
that precede their interaction, 
the notion of intra-action recog- 
nizes that distinct agencies do 
not precede, but rather emerge 
through, their intra-action. It 

is important to note that the 
“distinct” agencies are only 
distinct in a relational, not an 
absolute sense, that is, agen- 
cies are only distinct in relation 
to their mutual entanglement: 
they don’t exist as individual 
elements." 


When the system is not only phys- 
ically complex (like an ice crystal) but 
also dynamic and adaptive to stimulus, it 
exhibits certain “intra-active” character- 
istics that are remarked upon regularly 
such as non-linearity, self-organization, 
exquisite sensitivity to initial conditions 


(the butterfly effect), chaos (unpredict- 
ability based on a constant), adapta- 

tion (adjusting to feedback loops), and 
emergence (where the system produces 
effects that exceed the work of its parts). 
The Ocean’s singular plurality is readily 
evident in the complexity of its physical 
systems. As with all aesthetic phenomena, 
it exhibits a geo-metry of repetition and 
rhythm, a harmony of scale and propor- 
tion that generates patterns, symmetries, 
regularities, and symbioses.!2 The Ocean 
appears to us as Surf-face. We only ever 
skim its face. But of course, this geo-metry 
is not only a phenomenal appearance, it 

is structural as in: the complex “intra-ac- 
tions” and symbioses among marine life, 
the plankton, algae, microbial life and the 
atmosphere; the complex flows of ocean 
currents—underwater and on the surface 
and the fractal shapes of coastlines; the 
ocean winds as they manage the global cli- 
mate, weather patterns, and the freshwa- 
ter cycle. Complexity or Entanglement is a 
condition of Being as the primary “linking” 
verb “to be” testifies. Enamored of its surf- 
face, and given our minuscule time-scales, 
we have long contemplated the Ocean 

as an enduring ontological unity. But if 

the ineluctability of change implicates 

all Being in its negative as becoming, 

then the true complexity of the Ocean as 

a becoming can only be contemplated 

in its complex adaptive behavior—in its 
dynamic entanglement. And it is only very 
recently that we have thought to think of 
the Ocean as a complex becoming. 


Becoming 


As a phenomenon appearing to 
the human eye, the sparkling Ocean is 
becoming—i.e., it is inordinately beautiful. 
But, what is the Ocean as a becoming? We 
do not have to be scientists to consider 
the chemistry of the ocean waters and 
how it has over four billion years altered 
and regulated its levels of salinity and 
acid-alkaline balance. Without achieving 
this delicate balance, the Ocean could 
neither generate nor sustain the condi- 
tions for life: for being. Marine ecologists 


56 





4. Wangechi Mutu (b. 1972), Botanical Arrangement 
Limber, 2011, mixed media collage and paint on Mylar, 51 
x 30.5 in. 


have drawn our attention to the Ocean’s 
adaptive complexity. That is, we know 

that this great oceanic body is adapting to 
new positive feedback loops as it absorbs 
excessive amounts of carbon dioxide from 
the atmosphere, thereby lowering the pH 
of the water. This has profoundly incal- 
culable cascading effects on the entire 
planetary ecosystem. The question then is: 
What is the Ocean becoming? 

Wangechi Mutu is one of Kenya’s 
most provocative artists. Her distinctive 
collages, installations, and videos of sea 
creatures, ovarian tumors, cancer cells, 
weeds, nets, snakes, mechanical contrap- 
tions proliferate in-between forms that 
wind, swirl, and curl around each other. 
The collages are convulsive adjacencies 
of form, color, shape, and texture. They 
are overlays of illustrations culled from a 
variety of scientific texts including ethno- 
graphic, oceanographic, medical, etc. The 


5,.1-3. Wangechi Mutu (b. 1972), video stills from The End of eating 
Everything, 2013, animated video (color, sound), 8:10, edition of 6. 


experience of viewing her work is one of 
inescapable “entanglement,” a confron- 
tation with what Donna Haraway playfully 
terms tentacular being that marks the 
Anthropocene. Tentacular being then is a 
homage to the spider Pimoa cthulhu and 
its related etymons that inspires her to 
rename the Anthropocene as the “Chthu- 
lucene.”'3 In this exhibition, the collage /’m 
too Misty (92) can be interpreted as a tes- 
tament to the “Chthulucene.” It offers one 





example of this undeniably 
dominant aspect of Wange- 
chi Mutu’s work (fig. 4). 

In an interview on her 
video The End of eating 
Everything (figs. 5.1—3), 
Mutu explicitly links her 
tumor collages with the 
state of the earth. It is a 
profoundly unsettling and 
startling piece of work that 
conveys in her own words: 
“A planet that had erupted 
into all kinds of problems— 
that it has blistered and 
ulcerated and is pulsing. It’s 
alive, but it’s also sick. And 
the tumors had vegetation 
and blood and women’s legs 
and mechanical bits and 
pieces. ...They look like a cir- 
cular malignant cancer. And 
the metaphor is that there is 
something about the way we 
exist today in our world that 
is very much cancerous.... 
So you look at the environ- 
ment and you look at the 
way we’ve developed and 
what we somehow consider 
to be civilization is actually 
ruining this beautiful orb.”?4 

In an interview with the 
author Teju Cole published 
in the Guardian she says: 
“The ocean is the source 
of life. We all come from 
there. | think about these 
one-celled creatures and | 
think about the planet. It is 
related to my obsession with biology, even 
if it’s only a layperson’s obsession. The 
way | visualise what’s at the bottom of the 
ocean is very much to do with how | feel 
when I’m swimming in the sea.”!5 Mutu’s 
preoccupation with complex realities ren- 
ders a view of the Indian Ocean as a space 
of intricate entanglements where political 
and economic history are entwined with 
the non-human, invisible, apparently 
formless, yet precise forces of the planet. 


57 


Mutu’s preoccupation with entanglement What the 


and her characterization of the sick orb 
may appear more planetary in its vision 
and less connected to regional concerns. 
Thus, we would be justified in asking what 
is the relevance of the planet being “sick, 
blistered, and ulcerated” to the Indian 
Ocean in particular? Let us consider the 
state of the waters: 

The topic of sea levels rising has been 
in the news for a while, but in 2017, PBS 
NewsHour ran a segment titled “Why Is 
the Indian Ocean Rising So Rapidly?” The 
author Rashmi Shivni writes: “Since 1880, 
sea level in the world’s oceans has risen 
about nine inches. But one pocket of the 
Indian Ocean has puzzled scientists for 
the last 40 years. The Arabian Sea and the 
Bay of Bengal rose four inches more than 
the world’s oceans—a total of 13 inches to 
date. The north Indian Ocean is creeping 
up its coastlines.”'6 The causes are famil- 
iar entanglements: thermal expansion due 
to warmer climate-weaker monsoons that 
drive heat back into the ocean-melting 
polar caps. Over two billion people live in 
Indian Ocean countries. It may not be too 
early to grieve. 

Consider also David Michel’s report 
on the rising waters of the Indian Ocean 
where he writes in the diction of economics 
that the Ocean provides vital “ecosys- 
tem services” to the tune of $21 trillion 
annually.!” Michel’s larger point however is 
that economic complexity can sometimes 
overwhelm ecological complexities that 
have evolved over millions of years. In the 
same report, Michel analyzes the envi- 
ronmental pressures on the Indian Ocean 
from coastal development. “Domestic 
sewage, agricultural runoff, and industrial 
effluents dumped in the sea can cause 
eutrophication and hypoxia, or act as toxic 
substances, killing local flora and fauna. 
Eutrophication (blooms of phytoplankton 
resulting from the added nutrients in the 
effluents) and attendant hypoxia (deple- 
tion of oxygen in the water) can engender 
effective dead zones in coastal areas,” he 
writes. 18 


Ocean Gives 
Us to Think 


What the 
Ocean Gives 
Us to Think 


Holding these observations in mind, 
how should we interpret Wangechi Mutu’s 
I’m too Misty? Who is the “I”? The viewer, 
or the collaged face that is clearly in 
distress? Are she/we misty because we are 
awash in tears? Too misty to see clearly 
until it is too late, way too late? 


Tsunami 


One of the wonders of the Ocean is 
that it is always with itself in its singu- 
lar-plurality; it is everywhere always in 
place, thus making it a navigable surface 
for travel and transportation. In a tsunami, 
the Ocean is not traveled upon—rather, 
it travels to land. Tsunami: A Japanese 
word to say: “harbor wave.” How does 
one speak of the Ocean coming in? First 
it withdraws, pulls out to a vast distance 
disclosing the secrets of its floor—iife’s 
remnants revealed and exposed for all to 
see, inviting curiosity, exciting delight. And 
then, it comes rolling back at the speed of 
a jetliner. 

The Indian Ocean tsunami of 2004 
was perhaps the deadliest in recorded 
history. And it came without warning. We 
were all too misty to see clearly that it was 





6. Time travel map of the 2004 Indian Ocean tsunami; numbers represent 
hours after the initial event (NOAA, https://celebrating200years.noaa.gov 
/magazine/tsunami_database/traveltimemap. html). 


coming. According to an article published 
in National Geographic citing the US Geo- 
logical Survey, “it released the energy of 
23,000 Hiroshima-type atomic bombs.... 
By the end of the day more than 150,000 
people were dead or missing and millions 
more were homeless in 11 countries, 
making it perhaps the most destructive 
tsunami in history.”?9 The eleven countries 
stretched from Africa to Thailand and the 
tsunami deluged some small islands in 
the Indian Ocean (fig. 6). The small island 
nation of the Maldives was particularly 
impacted, and holiday resorts, shops, 
makeshift dwellings, and the villas of the 
rich were destroyed in one fell sweep. 

As political animals, we view the 
Indian Ocean as an integrated network 
due to the historical connections forged 
by trade, print culture, forced and volun- 
tary migrations, and economic activity 
that transcended languages, ethnicities, 
religions, and races. As the historian Jerry 
Bentley suggests: “Sea and ocean basins 
come into clear focus as units of analysis 
to the extent that human societies engage 
in interactions across bodies of water, 
and they become a less useful focus as 
societies pursue their interests through 
other spaces.”° In other words, the Indian 
Ocean as a network, or “world,” is an 
accepted and useful epistemological con- 
struct only insofar as these interactions 
have prevailed. Contemporary frameworks 
of globalization, including world systems 
theory, and diaspora studies work hard to 
legitimize the construct through assiduous 
research.”! As a premise of historiography, 
ocean basins greatly enlarge our under- 
standing of the forces that shape cultural 
and political identity. The evolution of 
societies and even biological specimens 
thereby acquire a spatial logic that had 
hitherto been obscure. 

If we think of the Indian Ocean net- 
work in strictly anthropocentric terms, we 
cannot avoid the counterfactual question: 
In the absence of human interaction and 
human agency, do these zones withdraw 
into their original remoteness and isola- 
tion? The word “remote” comes from the 


58 


Latin remotus, past participle of removere, 
to withdraw, or move back. 

In atsunami, the Ocean becomes 
remote—it withdraws. And when it returns 
it integrates and connects disparate poli- 
ties. It binds in an embrace that entangles 
destinies with shifting tectonic plates as 
they bump, collide, and slip under each 
other. The collages of the ocean floor are 
indeed mysterious—too misty for me. 


The Deep Element 


To think the Ocean’s depth is already 
a “diving into the wreck.” How can we fail 
to recall those words of Adrienne Rich? 


| go down. 

Rung after rung and still 

the oxygen immerses me 

the blue light 

the clear atoms 

of our human air. 

| go down. 

My flippers cripple me, 

| crawl like an insect down the 
ladder 

and there is no one 

to tell me when the ocean 

will begin. 


First the air is blue and then 

it is bluer and then green and 
then 

black | am blacking out and yet 

my mask is powerful 

it pumps my blood with power 

the sea is another story 

the sea is not a question of 
power 

| have to learn alone 

to turn my body without force 

in the deep element.?2 


In 1980, the linguist George Lakoff 
and his collaborator Mark Johnson pre- 
sented a powerful argument about human 
conceptual systems. In Metaphors We 
Live By they argued that our perception 
and understanding of the world, medi- 
ated as these are by concepts, are based 
ona logic of metaphor. “Metaphor is not 


just a matter of language, that is of mere 
words. We shall argue that, on the con- 
trary, human thought processes are largely 
metaphorical.”23 In other words, concepts 
like truth and objectivity make sense only 
within metaphorical systems that are 
historically and culturally specific. Lakoff 
and Johnson study various aspects of the 
interaction between metaphor and cog- 
nition including what they term “orienta- 
tional metaphors.” These are metaphors of 
space and pertain to the crucial function 
of prepositions (e.g., good is up, bad is 
down). According to Lakoff, the preposi- 
tions attest to our embodied experience of 
time, space, and other subjective affects. 
Where understanding itself is concerned, 
they observe that we speak of it in terms 
of “seeing” as in “I see what you’re saying. 
It looks different from my point of view. 
What is your outlook on that”*4 and so on. 
Truth then is conceptualized as “obscure” 
or “hidden.” It depends upon a concept of 
depth, having to be “brought to the sur- 
face,” and “into the light.” The conceptu- 
alization of truth and morality through the 
metaphor of depth is evident throughout 
the history of Western metaphysics from 
Plato to Heidegger. Lakoff and Johnson 
suggest that our spatial metaphors derive 
from our physical, bodily experience of the 
world—something is in or out, in front, or 
behind, down, up, or under on the basis of 
how we are in our bodies. They stress the 
literal stance of our bodies in space and 
sensory responses to phenomena; how- 
ever, what they do not address or account 
for is the world itself. While our metaphors 
and our conceptual systems derive from 
our embodiment, the experience itself 

is given to us in our interaction with the 
world, or rather the earth. For instance, 
without air we could not conceptualize 
the meaning of “in” and “out.” Similarly, 
our experience of fire and sunlight are 
responsible for our understandings of 
light and heat. The earth, its gravitational 
force, enables a sense of a “here” and 
“there,” up and down, whereas Water, 

or more precisely, the Ocean gives us to 
think shallows and depth. Quite simply, 


our languages possess signs and concepts 
to express depth because we/they carry an 
archival memory of the Ocean. Because 
the Ocean is deep, it gives us to think 
“depth,” and in-depth. That the Ocean 
gives us to think depth is “deeply” conse- 
quential. Without a concept of depth, we 
could not conceptualize something called 
the truth or morality. Without a concept 

of truth, there can be no thought. To cite 
Nancy yet again: “No ethics would be 
independent from an ontology. Only ontol- 
ogy, in fact, may be ethical in a consistent 
manner.”25 


Ground 


Why are we indebted to the Ocean 
for thought? Is it because there is noth- 
ing deeper than the Ocean? The average 
depth of the Ocean is 12,100 feet/2.29 
miles/3.6 km. The deepest part of the 
Ocean—the Marianas Trench—is about 
36,200 feet/6.85 miles/11.03 km. To 
get a perspective on this, consider that 
Mount Everest measures 29,022 feet/5.49 
miles/8.83 km and could fit into the 
Marianas with over a mile of water above 
to spare. And yet, here is the chemist and 
inventor James Lovelock: 


If we were to model the Earth by 
a globe 30 centimetres in diam- 
eter, the average depth of the 
sea would be little more than 
the thickness of the paper on 
which these words are printed, 
while the deepest trench would 
be represented by a dent of 
one-third of a millimeter.7° 


Let us contemplate this: The earth’s 
crust—its thinnest outermost layer contin- 
ues to three miles below the ocean floor. 
The distance to the inner core is 3,958 
miles/6,371 km. The inner core itself 
is 776.714 miles/1,250 km thick. The 
deepest we have drilled is 7.5 miles/12 km 
(Kola boreholes). These are massive num- 
bers to confront and the imposing density 
of rock, stone, magma, and iron-nickel 
alloy are not easy to think with. In his 


59 


limpid meditation Stone: An Ecology of the 
Inhuman, Jeffrey Cohen writes: “The love 
of stone is often unrequited. An intimacy 
of long unfolding fails to be apprehended, 
and the story continues in familiar soli- 
tudes, human exceptionalism, and lithic 
indifference. Withdrawal and remoteness 
are inevitable themes with any romance 
of stone, since rock outlasts that which 
it draws close, that which draws it close, 
that to which it is strangely bound.”2” The 
stoicism of stone is unlike water. Stone is 
an enigma, inscrutable, and impenetrable. 
And yet, stone cuts and draws forth blood, 
and it calls us, at least some of us. For 
those who hear its silent call—the sculp- 
tor, the potter, the architect, it yields to 
techne, to the work of art, where it shows 
itself as what it is not—a thing that speaks. 
Hajra Waheed is an installation artist 
who spent her early life in Dhahran, Saudi 
Arabia, the home of Saudi Aramco, the 
country’s national petroleum company. 
Her art is geological and works with found 
objects, stratigraphic illustrations and 
maps, and prints. Her preoccupation 
with the lithosphere records the voice 
of stone—perhaps as a scream. In her 
untitled work (152—55) that displays an 
infographic map, Waheed testifies to the 
atrocity of boring into the earth to extract 
the minerals needed for economic growth. 
Whether it is below the ocean’s surface, or 
deep into the earth’s crust, as fossil fuel 
companies drill for oil and gas, fragile eco- 
systems are blown into non-existence. The 
environmental impacts of deep-sea mining 
and offshore drilling are often overshad- 
owed by drilling, fracking, and mining on 
land. In her Strata 1-24 series (156-81), 
that forms a part of an ambitious ongoing 
work titled Sea Change, she narrates the 
biography of rock as inscribed by time and 
collected in the field notes of a protagonist 
in search of quartz crystals. Quartz, of 
course, is one of the most abundant min- 
erals on the planet and it is responsible for 
the formation of igneous and sedimentary 
rocks. Think granite, sandstone, shale, etc. 
As viewers, we gaze at Waheed’s detailed 
collages, wandering, wondering—is there 


What the 
Ocean Gives 
Us to Think 


Whatthe 3 message, is there a meaning here, a 
OceanGives Story, a truth? 
: In an interview conducted by the 
UstoThink —jyational Gallery of Canada Magazine, 
Waheed says: “One always hopes that 
one’s practice can reach people and pro- 
vide an emotional or affective response, 
even if it simply prompts more questions 
or elicits lyricism and poetry into one’s 
day. In the end, allowing objects to speak 
for themselves, allowing histories to infuse 
one another and viewers to steep in the 
mystery of interconnected clues, creating 
just enough tenuousness or uncertainty in 
order to leave space for viewers to come 
to the work from their own perspectives 
and histories—these all remain urgent 
bottom lines for me, allowing for possibil- 
ity, imagining and reimagining.””® What 
does it mean to allow objects to speak for 
themselves? Is that the function of art—to 
let things speak for themselves? To let 
blue run over the edge? Is that why | am 
here—to listen to the Ocean speak—as 
the Indian Ocean? 





Kalpana R. Seshadri is professor of English at Boston College 
where she teaches courses in contemporary theory with a focus 
on identity and relations of power. She is the author of Desiring 
Whiteness: A Lacanian Analysis of Race (2000), HumAnimal: 
Race, Law, Language (2012), and co-editor of The Pre-Occupa- 
tion of Postcolonial Studies (2000). Seshadri is presently complet- 
ing a book titled Posthuman Economics: Earth, Epistemology, and 
Ethics. Her current research interests pertain to complex systems 
theory and environmental ethics. 

1 = Jean-Luc Nancy, Being Singular Plural, trans. Robert Richardson 
and Anne O’Byrne (Stanford: SUP, 2000), 29. 


James Lovelock, Gaia: The Practical Science of Planetary Medicine 
(London: Gaia Books, 1991), 11. 


Sarah Zhang, “Why Are There So Many More Species on Land When 
the Sea Is Bigger?,” Atlantic Monthly, July 12, 2017, https://www 
theatlantic.com/science/archive/2017/07/why-are-there-so-many 
-more-species-on-land-than-in-the-sea/533247/. 


“How Many Species Live in the Ocean?,” National Ocean Service, 
updated June 25, 2018, https://oceanservice.noaa.gov/facts/ocean 
-species.html. 


See Michael Lachmann and Sara Walker’s essay “LifeAlive” for 

a discussion of how the laws of physics and information apply to 
earth systems. Available in an edited version: Aeon, June 24, 2019, 
https://aeon.co/essays/what-can-schrodingers-cat-say-about-3d 
-printers-on-mars. 


Nancy, Being Singular Plural, 30-31. 
Lovelock, Gaia, 44. 


For more detailed information, see International Hydrographic Orga- 
nization, updated May 8, 2019, http://iho.int/srv1/index. php?option 
=com_content&view=article&id=298&ltemid=297&lang=en. 


See International Hydrographic Organization, Limits of Oceans 

and Seas, 3rd ed. (Monte Carlo: Imp. Monégasque, 1953), http:// 
iho.int/iho_pubs/standard/S-23/S-23_Ed3_1953_EN.pdf. Also, 
International Hydrographic Organization, “The Indian Ocean and Its 
Sub-Divisions,” 2002, http://www.iho.int/mtg_docs/com_weg/S 
-23WG/S-23WG_Misc/Draft_2002/S-23_Draft_2002_INDIAN 
_OCEAN.doc. 


10 Nancy, Being Singular Plural, 21. 


61 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


What the 
Ocean Gives 
Us to Think 


Karen Barad, Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and 
the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning (Durham: Duke UP, 2007), 
33. 


For a philosophical discussion of geo-metry see Claudia Barrachi, 
“Numbers of Earth: The Labor of the Intellect in Nature,” Social 
Research 68, no. 2 (Summer 2001): 515—46. 


See Donna J. Haraway, Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the 
Chthulucene (Durham: Duke UP, 2016), esp. 30—57. 


Wangechi Mutu, “I’m Interested in How the Eye Can Trick You,” You- 
Tube video, 6:27, posted by Design Indaba, Nov. 21, 2014, https:// 
www.youtube.com/watch?v=lo7ISLUQ2GY. 


Teju Cole, “Wangechi Mutu: Under the Skin of Africa,” Guardian, 
Sept. 25, 2014, https://www.theguardian.com/artanddesign/2014 
/sep/25/wangechi-mutu-artist-interview-africa-snakes-mermaids. 


Rashmi Shivni, “Why Is the Indian Ocean Rising So Rapidly?,” PBS 
NewsHour, Nov. 17, 2017, https://www.pbs.org/newshour/science 
/why-is-the-indian-ocean-rising-so-rapidly. 


David Michel, “Environmental Pressures in the Indian Ocean,” chap. 
8 in Indian Ocean Rising: Maritime Security and Policy Challenges, 
ed. David Michel and Russell Sticklor (Washington, DC: Stimson, 
July 2012), 113—29, https://www.stimson.org/content/indian-ocean 
-rising-maritime-security-and-policy-challenges. 


Michel, 115. 


“The Deadliest Tsunami in History?,” National Geographic, Dec. 27, 
2004, https://news.nationalgeographic.com/news/2004/12/ 
deadliest-tsunami-in-history/. 


Jerry H. Bentley, “Sea and Ocean Basins as Frameworks of Histori- 
cal Analysis,” Geographical Review 89, no. 2 (Apr. 1999): 217. 


See, for instance, Isabel Hofmeyr, “Universalizing the Indian 
Ocean,” PMLA 125, no. 3 (May 2010): 721—29 and “The Compli- 
cating Sea: The Indian Ocean as Method,” Comparative Studies of 
South Asia, Africa and the Middle East 32, no. 3 ( 2012): 584—90. 
Also, Pedro Machado, Sarah Fee, and Gywn Campbell, eds., Textile 
Trades, Consumer Cultures, and the Material Worlds of the Indian 
Ocean: An Ocean of Cloth (Cham: Palgrave Macmillan, 2018). 


Adrienne Rich, “Diving into the Wreck,” in Diving into the Wreck: 
Poems, 1971—1972 (New York: W. W. Norton, 1973), 22—23. 


George Lakoff and Mark Johnson, Metaphors We Live By (Chicago: 
University of Chicago Press, 1991), 6. 


What the 
Ocean Gives 
Us to Think 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


Lakoff and Johnson, 48. 
Nancy, Being Singular Plural, 21. 
Lovelock, Gaia, 79. 


Jeffrey Jerome Cohen, Stone: An Ecology of the Inhuman (Minneap- 
olis: University of Minnesota Press, 2015), 19. 


Shannon Moore, “The Intimate and the Infinite: An Interview with 
Hajra Waheed,” National Gallery of Canada Magazine, June 5, 2019, 
https:/Awww.gallery.ca/magazine/artists/interviews/the-intimate-and 
-the-infinite-an-interview-with-hajra-waheed. 


62 


7 (b. 1975) was born in Cape Town and works 
| in Johannesburg. With the end of apartheid 
in 1994, Hlobo began his career in a climate 
suffused with a new sense of freedom and 
national pride. His commentary on the democratic realities of South Africa and concerns with the changing 
international discourse of art remain at the core of his practice. He creates two- and three-dimensional hybrid 
objects from ribbon, leather, wood, and rubber detritus; each material holds an association with cultural, 
gendered, sexual, or ethnic identity and thus reflects the artist’s own multifaceted self. Exhibitions in 2019 
included Unyukelo at the SCAD Museum of Art and Kiss My Genders at the Hayward Gallery, London. In 
2020, Hlobo will present a solo exhibition at the Center for Contemporary Art, Tel Aviv. 


Credits: © 2008, 2017 Nicholas Hlobo 

All works appear courtesy of Nicholas Hlobo and Lehmann Maupin, New York, Hong Kong, and Seoul. 
Installation views: Yerba Buena Center for the Arts and the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art, 2014 
(64—65); Lehmann Maupin, New York, 2018 (66—74) 

Photos: Matthew Hermann (66—74) 


63 


Nicholas Hlobo 





Ngumgudu nemizano, 2008 
rubber inner tube, ribbon, rubber boots, and vinyl, c. 47.2 x 39.4 x 47.2 in. 
Collection of Midori Yamamura and Luis H. Francia 


64 


Nicholas Hlobo 





Ngumgudu nemizano, 2008 
rubber inner tube, ribbon, rubber boots, and vinyl, c. 47.2 x 39.4 x 47.2 in. 
Collection of Midori Yamamura and Luis H. Francia 


65 


Nicholas Hlobo 








Amatholana asibhozo, 2017 
ribbon and leather on canvas, 8 parts, 19.7 (diam.) x 2.1 in. (each) 


Nicholas Hlobo 


Pe Rel | 
o** . 
- 
eee ee tee ee a* 
-* igeosey . 
.* 


) . 
wee 
* . 
Pi que . 
. eee Pe me ater ee . 
. eae? *. . * 
Fy . 
.* aa? * 7 i. 
gee ry Paired ai 
. el . Ai rs 
* . . 
. . bg e 4 « 
. . . * 
- . . . 
. . a A . | . 
ore > ‘ . 5 CH 
. ~ . . Ny «i 
* @ . * . . . 
« . * J ‘ wry. 
. ’ 
. * . . e * 
uw « , oe 
. * ‘ ¢ . ‘ oe Libis 
on eaaee . « Cea er ss . 
* . . - 
pe eo . o 75 oy 6 we . 
es * . Py * e* . 
ent Br ots es * * Pk —e* wf te 
. Ls Ser haere ae .- * * 
. : ren ty Pa oot Chae) 
avis ots pee riwie as ae 
ons o* ae TH eeeeesee cere” ary ? 
. . * ce 5 + * . 
. “ . . 
¢*toe . ‘ Ole he . 
e . . pert * 
i * ‘ rad . 
it's * . * Pid 
. uy . “ 
* 7 ote 
rie a) Ps ~ 74 o 
os * ° * * . 
one . Si rh. aes 
acs - ° toy tee - - 
. ” * .* * - "e 
. . e . . 
. . * .- ” - . 
. - r eee - *. 
Je . ". . . *. *. 
=. lle A tt eyte* . . 
. . * 
wh “ee wet *. ~ i) 
. . . ° . 
. ‘ . . . 
. Lead . . . 
* rer 6 . . 
. . *. * ° 
. Ole ie * . s 
* ° . 
. . . + 
° re i * * 
ons "4 . ". 
. , 
. ay) . . 
er) . . « . 
pip Bs in ” i . Jah es I 
. . 
nak hs * . . * “ -* 
“ * 5 * . oe 
Te . a * . . 
eet « ‘ . * ee 
ol 9 . . * * . * 
coe * 7 - * Ose8 
. . * rd * * 
* * t] . . 
. 
. ¥: Ee “8 . .* 
Ay, 6s ase uw ca ee O29 008i) 65 .eee ae 
. *. «e « eee 
oA" Say gee teee eee OF « .-« 
88 tee eee _* ; . - 
oe -_—* ° - 
ee * ° . 
° * 
* - 4 ‘ 
eo -* => 
“* - 
oo. “ 
* ers 
Che ri 
. 
7 
“ 


Amatholana asibhozo, 2017 (detail) 
ribbon and leather on canvas, 19.7 (diam.) x 2.1 in. 


67 


Nicholas Hlobo 


. 
. . 
. . 
- - . 
- - * 
. . 
. . . be 
: * . 
. 
woe ‘. e 
= . bl *. 
. . . 
A . . e, 
. = ve 
. 
te ore ‘. 
a **P Oia esees eee ttte o_o oie 
2 o's. +. LJ 
awe" > -++ = Sa Ses . 
© ng . . . 
. oy sar as . 
AC oat seeetae ew *, > * 
* set . 
* * 
e ae” , a . * +. 
- - . 
> os” . * 
. . . . . . 
a a7 - 2 ‘ . . 
ae ans . . . . . 
. . . ® d rs aS OA 
. * * » . . . 
. . . y * * Lay 
* - *, . . ‘ + & 
. . . ™. LN . 
< * . “a, e . 
° . a Cys . . 
te oa 
*, * oa ota i at Oe oo 5 
*“o4 ase, * 9 0%y . . 
ott ROR TICK Li _ 
. . . 
sve oe SIT . aa 
« . « . . . et 
. . % . .. 
“ . am . ¢ 2 
. . . . 
« - ° “* +. 
° S =* fae id ** 
. . ee ° @ . 
S 3 2 . LA) we 
4 . * . oth Faee, ey rh 
» _ . . 4 Sa on me 
. . * * . Sates a ar ney 
x) . ates ees 5 ee vy 
a es . * . . Ot qty OBS ies ad 
ba bt Be * . . * ss . 
. . . ee. “* my 
° wetetele a Rie "ae “es. te eye ,* MOEA. 
. aie . . Wer ‘ - <a oreo tite 
* vi ie 1 rs a® =. 
“J _" * . . . . san 
*a* este * . . x rs 
. * e %, *. . i +! . atte 
". oe his . . Bia ts "1s, % | - 
teget oft” eta phe ss ro pet 
. - . oo 
ALS ik a s+ - . ee Vtnte 
. tia 
$ sen *. . . . . wus 
‘ . Sa, ale +? ‘< . 
‘. Wie . . = . . 
Oe 0, +. a * s* . - 
. ==? . 
= * te. ae x4 Sane 2 : 
sh %. La ets eae . eta 
. . eee? ® . . ore 
so - * aC te 
4 ie a) ". Ss * Ly 
. BS .- . . 
Lit ei . - . = eee os . 
Ce i yah th) 29,0 A ey . 
. ah Orca. . * wa 
* + “oe *e . = 
= yc eci Bod av; 
A . * * . -- 
Ly Mic A eee as ' 
* * . . ° — ba 7 
. . . ree Ps. . . 
Ph Cle — . ‘s 
. a . 
. : 
. a othe bP as . + 
ee . . 
. 7 on et ee oy . 
. be apes” aise ae} — 
. +, « orn ce its ae 
. * os ous . . 
. oN 8 . ° . 
"hee e vs - . . » . - 
. . J . - 4 oF 
. Sip iie » * ie! L ae 
. ¢ . oe ee: 
oa . ei. toy a ct ore 
. ye re . ® . 
e . * . . . 
“ 
Pe TY ee AR *. fe fs 
. *. an e a) 
. - . 
. 
of *. . - 
os “ew eae® . 
he . 
La \ 
* . 


Amatholana asibhozo, 2017 (detail) 
ribbon and leather on canvas, 19.7 (diam.) x 2.1 in. 


Nicholas Hlobo 





ette 
. 
. 
. 
of ’ 
. * 
one 
Pes 
- 
* 
ane 
- Pers 
ate OM ie ° 
. * . 
a . st ry 
. - ae Sigs ‘ 
= id * Ld . . 
e a : Bite SPOS Pr ps 
= 3 be Cer ee ie a Wee ts 
. = ° . 
= eet * . . 
. . = «= eet tts A . 
. . - Pr eae ‘ = . 
*. . . =. . tary : . 
. - < . we 
- 1 rat tne . 
. . . . 
ees - = * pha thd 
b] * tenes 
. gete .? . 
. af ee. Re weet , Se. 
ee" 4 IES EE, . 
Loe . woseeet fe ‘ 
ent taee earn +, fe 
* ¢ 
here (ve! Pet ‘ 
* 5 a8 eregye*. ie a7 
. eer =, . * ie 
eet ttteacen, - _ . AL Nha oy Fe 
<a3 tere .. a teen" .* - ae emu? 
. pabtbe"fages, gy ate... «ts an Pa Pe 
Bae - faw* wie AG ate = &. * 
ak o* { . . * + #2 ° 
ee CR Eee Liat ete . DSA Sy tee 
4 . - . 
". ae i Poets aete 3° 
eaue*y ge oa ata eve ete 
. - . ee Santen 
e ate * tied E pin et mid 
ar . *. . 7 
. . - xe Y * . 
. ew eff . 
YM, | wf . - 
are . . . 
by a, SI . ee . . 
aye, . - . ns 
~ 2" Oni e . . 
at ie bijye: <6 e944 
521-8, ie¥ Sate cue =. 
eT Dat ages ogee + 
te tS E NO Ore ree pesees tee, CEA hy SI 1 ICR os " 
- 
te a a ‘2 
; Pitt taee aeaee betes . ns 1 ey 
~ ‘s rl - 
Poet ao = - sacere® * a 
-_-* - . . 
ae ea te o7ere Hose Ct” Moras ; 
ra X04 ee * vy 
ote ett 3h te a ¢ " « oe 
ont. * . 9 =. ' 
eperes Sead , * 6 
“- 
ape . 
attte 4 = as 
i Pe teak ~ - ~~» 
“is cue + ‘+h 
oe . O a es 
* 
vege” expe ‘ 
Ch 
e . 
‘ka 


Amatholana asibhozo, 2017 (detail) 
ribbon and leather on canvas, 19.7 (diam.) x 2.1 in. 


69 


Nicholas Hlobo 


eaten es 
. See 
. oot teh ee 





. - 
* we tee, “. . 
. . a *. 
. px b 
* . . “. 
s . wees . 
. ef te. 
. . > aN 
. . "e 
. ae . . 
. ‘ . 
. bd * * 
. 
OS ors “ 
-* *. - 
a: *. ~ *een eet 
Ad * oa 
* - ad] . 
‘ ae area 
Als ie * . Sree eeset” 
° be ‘. “. -* 7. 
py . * Peon uet Che - "s 
* . a *. 
_ . O- xe *. 
. + . 
’ ~ *eeeeeet™ ‘ te, a 
- . eet 2S me 
. 2 *. ‘, ". 
. . 
. a**e . . ’ 
. * . a) 4 . * 
* - eee 
y . 4 * DA LE Lear tale *, 
ya = 2 Pode ie 
* ns . 
* * * 
oh " cee t's pe ote 
=. + * ieee esent* s 
. . ord iJ 
+ . 
° *. . : 
eS ie 
* . 
. 
easier 
ye ore at tt ea, 
. bd . *. 
. 
a . Ld . *. 
7 . . Se a i . 
cules . x - 
~ as wore 
. oar tts rao 
oe” . . * . _* 
sene® a2 . * Ld 
. at 2 
. pass. ._ * 
° RO ee . 
- * a ane an 
. * * 2 sre 
a . ore . 
s . af ae? 4 
Md . Myth ae] yh 
* * * ane *. * = 
= . . - . ore 
. . ae a 7 . ‘ 
. * . + . . at 
. = hs = =; on * . 
* ° \ *. * 
* *e . 7 . = A 
a i wite,s enree - 
See 


roy 
wernt +. 





Amatholana asibhozo, 2017 (detail) 
ribbon and leather on canvas, 19.7 (diam.) x 2.1 in. 
70 





=) 
2 
& 
= 

n 
oe 

° 
= 
= 
= 


. 
. . we 
ec ers rn 
ON. ccaatern ae ay f'n 
* . a8 * +9 
ath tweet 3 . 8 
. . * ‘ 
. > ete eet eeee a*ege i 
* . . ~v 
.* reuse sory 
. = ate * 
. . rs . . 
. * . . * 
rs «4? . 
. * 
. < “. 
* 7 * 
. 
yh . * . ag 
. . *. 
Pe a z “. *. 
. . * . _ 
. . Ie ve 5 
Py < 
See a 
wee %. 
. Bar 
*. . 
. * 
*e, *. 
ee. . 
. ee. 
. . 
. . 
. 2 : 
. . . ¢ 
ges *ce® wae 
i rts 
. 7 Me eeeasacey pe he . ? 
. YF tee) eRe Pee me easeasay yet > 
Ban eS O00 rdr ace esete h za r 
. vee 
ote dan fen eee suet see tasessree be ff a, 
«in a “ante Tele . 
Dy tes atte ohieatalla Tose Ee 
Pt ae ‘cute: * 
Sane is ite ” 
. 
wa * 
a pst ea' a8 sey ee 
. . . 
ee ek Pa Reese oe ees ae 
= Sree Saag 2 eo8 - 
< < *Seeee . See . . oe 
- . - 
orks Cee: See's a 8 
. . pa Ma wes Bens ,* oe. 
. ees Se 
. . an Sas < £28 eave 
5 . . te on) 
Fi re * a5 . EEO baa he AI NE Pe 
. i) * a aon r *« 
. as . ssone® . ry 
. . . . * 
° e-((b 
7 ~"s * ? 
f . s a aoe 
* * . ‘es . . 
"es we eee at: . 
*F eee . - * 
eu * 2” . 
. *. . . 
. . . . 
. -* . 
*. . . . 
. . oe. . 
* * eee . 
Vee . 
' % 
ea aero tees 
. MY 
' 
ee? ee 
a eT 
. =° ere 
* . * 
. . "a 
* . " * 
‘ Se ee rie 
. . 


Amatholana asibhozo, 2017 (detail) 
ribbon and leather on canvas, 19.7 (diam.) x 2.1 in. 


71 


Nicholas Hlobo 





ok ae 
o* “mee 
os . ae 
Pid e587 oS Sie dive °*s. 
. . ‘ 
* a* Ce ‘ 
one yO 5 rte 
rhe .* 
*. «* | 
omnes 
etewe 
oe* tee 
e ‘ ee teens ee, 
- 
- 
Mt 
. 
. 
oh 
cudeee® 
Poa 
es 
*. “400-6 
. Gian near 3 
he iT | =f Feu a t?e 
=. bas By . 
* . rs - 
=" 0s *. at aA -—* oi 
as* Seeua” +23 ? i. < 
- - j we 
i) , ss af 


Pr eh 
Sheet "tee enawseeeseee®” 


os 
= eeuene tT Pe pee 
eth OOO e nonce wet eee cet” OT La 





; ee 
- ase a qcettlsracecas*® : *! ees 
gba tee ewe Rie <aereae! -- 

Pee ) « 
oe Te SAL weeeteeee™ 
* ved . -* et? -* - 
. . are Sone aeRO ganes ™ - 
7 . . a e* * a® 
. . a Sd ~ -* =* eae? 
se. . . -* = . . 
. . . . * . * 
. ‘ . . . 
aoe ag See . 
. * . oe"*h . . 
oo *, So ld . 7. o* . 
Fe he i. ". * See ettes 
aby hPa * pete ~ae* . 
- 
* aF . he ‘ See ees? eee . 
Ph eA ao eae a . . ae Pe) os? . 
mre . ¥ . otf eee oof * 
Mio et . *. «4 See etanet ase 
Tis te\ ps . . se We Err] eset aiiy “¢ 
. .* . 
LL 55 ar se , * naoasae® es 
> . . 2 Seseeneennaee eee h 
2 . *.," . - * 
i? sd we Tee ee eeoovet® 
"6 . aA ey te de en teliling 
--* * "ses 
. a) tee 
. . . = ee. 
. ". 
". pe * 8 Peee, ee, 
3 . . ed oway 2 
. . . * eee 25 
. . 
. ° eo. . . 
* Se, wd? mg . 
. . "ce . 4 
. '~ * ° * 
". FTV nr . 
* . = Be oe* . 
ro ~ . 4 shee eee een 
. Pe et ege trey be =e ase 
as aa” on i ee ee ol 


Amatholana asibhozo, 2017 (detail) 
ribbon and leather on canvas, 19.7 (diam.) x 2.1 in. 
72 


Nicholas Hlobo 





ats 
* ws 
eee e* . 
“se adi . 
. 
! r ot gst wy : 
anne, Poet anh fF . + 
= e one os" *, ” bd 7 
ej .a . . 
.* Ldn ie -* setts Cet * ry 
. oe * a . . 
. . Ferns? zy . 
nk ant . . . . . . 
AL . .* . * Rares RB 
* aa) ee Py . ee =! 
x! * Pe Sane ear) rm a - sty 
* . oy ae a os * Py <s 
7 . oye alt + ee . ® - 
aS he tte este Peary nt be Sen 
. * 
oa. eee Fees, vl as? © 
' or =, Be ets - 
ey SAS teen, -. ap tle 
» ‘ . ‘4 . . . 
. . . . - . 
* Pot oy ee é ante - 
. . 
. ‘ . . O20 5S . Hf ‘ oe Ss 
. . 
- * ° . 4 ace es ns AOC ae 
* * - . Fe . . ~4 ‘. 
* o. is - . 7 + os . . 
* tes oe oe og Se . wetee . 
". s . soe . Tel * se . 
. oo? . . = * 
tee .* . 8 = = . . 7 
he . . . . . 
. + ae a i 7 t 
. Ps A . 
aan ". ~ S'6 < ". . . 
* tee - . os ". . . 
pars Fa *; oe. ike 5 setae. ° S a 
. 7 Pen *. eas ee a ae a 
A ee ay = "es. ‘ te. eee ~ 
Fis * 4 . . +. *, * . s id 59 
> 5 . 
. ee yasivs . ‘ . *. ve . ° . e 
. . ore ‘. * . . . . * 
Ld . . + = . ae ‘ s se . 
* “ ne . ‘ 5 wear . “ . . * i o47, 
. . oS =e . aa BL . . ee *, 
5 my « : 

*, . = wee ae et hy pity itis je iniat} abe o 
* . * * = . . * . 
. . - at %, Py . . . 

- ¢ -. - * . . . . . 
. . es < 2 welzen - "oo. . . 
- rs -. “ee - SSetgigtene! ire - 8 
. . ae fe, AG Ppaae ty Tye . - 8 ry * 
* . *. an * TE a se . . e . 
“a eee o's e. .-* UP ts eer + * . 
eae” a) ir *eeere* Ay sce te 
. a> ’ . . 
. . . . 
fuee Lr) tet AG A) Be. . a 8 antee . ry 
ES trae ° Rha o”, $0 Oy pte + 
: Cee er a | "aa7 een Ot ‘ . . . 
. ‘o . . * 
ee ee re : a wi) = *. * Ms . 
‘© . ee *e6 aw . Py . : 
oy. . . . 
np ith Loe Ps Pip C3 ei: ath? ae ae) 
. a >, 2 . e « 
* 8 + ate . x ti 6 s . 
* so . * +4 Te An Les 
. oF paiva . ° oy * 
rn aL PE Sr; > 3 Be gig eM Oa eg 
a s s «8 . . 2 Ge - 
. * . “ . =" a. . 
pee re IF ane os oe ee ow. oe 
. . i . . . te? “* . *. 
é x ‘ane es 9 ay Le pe Es . S. 
. - ete 
* . OS ot eer) wate {ae te . . 
* is Pe 4 rise ats eonrt . * 
* . - eu: s 
. * eve o2* ele 2 De ' 
. . o)) 008. one oe Jadot ‘ + Ae 
. . S194 ner, * fb» < . 
. . oes Sar aia Hy ee : . 
. * ette® pee = 8 . f nave 
s See eet® . ° e . . * . * e 
. stsae. . bee ie 
* weer pice Pb cal Cres 
’ v2 - 
ews © of Se aap <cen . 
7. LS . Bnd 
' . eo. - 
= . * ys 
Peary . 
eC 
. 
* 


Amatholana asibhozo, 2017 (detail) 
ribbon and leather on canvas, 19.7 (diam.) x 2.1 in. 


73 


Nicholas Hlobo 


. 
2 BOONES Cases 








es, pe th easees 
=t. ve a 
- . * 
e . . . 
- - . . 
- Tele, * 
. pt . 
. * 
* . ptt OSE te 
. . . =. 
a . . 
. . * ome 
wie - x . . 
4 . ey * ". 
. - . ‘ . ¥ 
aS re 4 * . 
- . . pabet a! . 
. . . . on 
. Ly oun . 
oyre®: 6* . vs) see . 
Siar o oe Cec es “es . = 
. . . . » 
. s * ar) *. cg, ammo Pe 
. * = . . ee Pa 
s a Se Pate A) *. attee 
* . * oN te thie) . 
atte Cas ry * ‘ Saat 
. ~ eC . * 
. POS Bd . sd 
* at. oe 4 teat Ly * 
Ciel MEY fcc Yet sles "e .* 
Slee Bones et e:= te eaeee 
** es 8 ¥ 
are Ge »* etaet 
ol otes +‘ 
7 ew fe . eee 
a5 . long anne 2 
ete ate ’ La 
. . . 
* . . eee ee ’ 
eo. ae * 4 
* . bed oat x eT 
oe * ere) 
3 s Po Seam 
. Seeqae* POS ee ee 
= * * . 
‘* +f Pernt ae eh) ~ igs Lh 2 
- . Feat o- aa . fos 
- . . 7s 8 ee so 
. . . . * 2 =. 
seget iy eee * . . a 
faye *, }-  # * ia . 
" e* - « be “. ‘ : 
oeiea ts ripe Ps . =e - 
* rite atte . 
. * 
ose atthe sari8 eats wee Fe a ne. 
eves? “te = * *, * oo” ry 
t2ese =a8 eee {2 
qeeeetee eer . . 
. . . . te . 
Fé . *. seeet* 
LS 4 * = e5 ‘ 
- 
- -« 4% «iqine 
. seen * 
- . See . 
=. . * sae Oat 
= +4 . . . 
In sere Te Sole) Stas 4 
oe to . rake . * 
pee Aye Pear om “1 
ose 
ale reer L ees PC os See5a* oe 
" * CEST - 3 
. eee * ats * Ptmene et = 
OS ae . + Ps * at 
Or eee ae at bd eaae . . 
tee . a " a pet htt ec enee® 
patie eee Sita aT ehan coer oe 
. * > - ‘ * * 
eye" * . ayes } « f 
ae os OS® bakit Pet wy REIT) 
* : . 
. . . 
* _ . aeee 
Pecvery err tages a teem he 
=o. a tee . 
oye - ‘ 
a ISAO hata Seae 


. 
. 
"Cepeaes? 


Amatholana asibhozo, 2017 (detail) 
ribbon and leather on canvas, 19.7 (diam.) x 2.1 in. 


74 


Colonialism’s Afterlives and 


Invocations of Oceanic 


Sana Aiyar 


The ocean, Shiraz Bayjoo, suggests, is “not a space of separation but connection.”! 
The Indian Ocean is no exception. Its waters have been a muse for artists and schol- 
ars who have invoked connections across space and time to interrogate the making of 
borders, and the messy entanglement of human mobility with nationalist projects of 
expulsion. Colonialism’s afterlife in the Indian Ocean world—territorial nationalism—has 
produced a politics of belonging and exclusion through its deployment of the categories 
of the “mobile” (transient) migrant and “indigenous” (always-present) citizen. National 
belonging, in this framework, is contingent on shifting registers of race, ethnicity, and 
religion. 

Shiraz Bayjoo and Shilpa Gupta reject the territorial rootedness of contemporary 
nation-states posited on such claims of racial and religious separation and distinction. 
They turn their gaze outward across the many horizons of oceanic history to repudiate 
the nationalist conflation of people and their histories with singular, territorial, national- 
ized spaces. Bayjoo and Gupta draw attention to the artificiality and tyranny of carceral 
national borders and conceptualize mobility as a form of everyday resistance and resil- 
ience. In so doing, they bring into relief the mundane acts of worship, eating, and falling 
in love that subvert territorial boundaries and connect—rather than separate—spaces 
and people across the Indian Ocean. Bayjoo’s and Gupta’s works in /ndian Ocean Cur- 
rent: Six Artistic Narratives explore many concerns taken up in the growing field of Indian 
Ocean historiography that, over the last decade, has remapped South Asia and Africa 
to recover shared histories that have been marginalized in nationalist framings. | turn to 
some of these in this essay. 


Empire, Capital, and Labor around the Indian Ocean 


When Vasco da Gama sailed from the Atlantic to the Indian Ocean in 1497-98, he 
passed the southern tip of Africa, rounded the Cape of Good Hope, and moved north 
up the eastern coast of the continent, dropping anchor in present-day Mozambique, 
Mombasa, and Malindi before arriving in Calicut on the western coast of India. In eastern 
Africa, he met merchants from India who had long been plying dhows across the Indian 
Ocean. These traders survived several centuries of European attempts to establish oce- 
anic and territorial sovereignty under the guise of colonialism (fig. 1). 

While the Portuguese militarized trade across the Indian Ocean, fortifying ports 
such as Mombasa and Goa, Afro-Asian economic, political, and social networks not only 
continued but scaled up in size and scope. Hindu, Muslim, and Parsi merchants from 


75 


History 





1. Dhow under sail off the Kenyan coast, c. 1950s—60s (Winterton Collection 
of East African Photographs, Melville J. Herskovits Library of African Studies, 
Northwestern University, Evanston, 36-1-39). 


the western coast of India, many from 
present-day Gujarat, collaborated with 
and circumvented Portuguese attempts to 
establish hegemony in the Indian Ocean.? 
Politically, the Portuguese in eastern 
Africa were challenged by an expanding 
Arab-Omani state from the late seven- 
teenth century onward and the migration 
of Omanis to Zanzibar, which became a 
cosmopolitan center of culture, trade, 
and politics over the course of the next 


Colonialism’s 
Afterlives 
and 
Invocations 
of Oceanic 


History 


century and attracted capital and goods 
from India. A thriving trade in cotton cloth, 
ivory, and slaves intimately connected 

the economies of the littoral realms of the 
eastern and western Indian Ocean, an 
entanglement that reverberated deep into 
the western Indian and East African hin- 
terlands even as the Portuguese, Dutch, 
French, and the English challenged, and 
ultimately defeated, territorial empires 
and chiefdoms in Africa and Asia. As 
historians Jeremy Prestholdt and Pedro 
Machado have shown, far from being a 
reserve of Europeans, “modernity,” in the 
tangible form of capital, consumption, 
commodities, and cosmopolitanism, was 
produced by African and South Asian 
traders and consumers in the interregional 
Indian Ocean world from the mid-eigh- 
teenth century onward.? 

European empire building changed 
the economic, political, and social flows 
of these oceanic currents. By arming their 
ships in the late fifteenth century, the 
Portuguese militarized the Indian Ocean 
world; by establishing an empire over 
which the sun never set in the nineteenth 
century, the British colonized the Indian 
Ocean world. European modernity brought 
within its purview oceanic trade and terri- 
torial expansion, replacing, in the process, 
the cosmopolitanism of littoral polities and 
societies with singular notions of political 
sovereignty. This, in turn, brought with it 
racial hierarchies that categorized people 
and communities along a civilizational 
ladder of “progress.” From western to 
eastern Africa, across islands in the Atlan- 
tic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans, the British 
steadily expanded their territorial reach. 
With every new colony a dizzying array of 
communities were turned into imperial 
subjects who were fitted into discrete 
colonial racial categories. 

Moreover, in every colony annexed to 
the empire, a new commodity was culti- 
vated that secured Britain’s economic and 
political dominance in the world. During 
the high noon of colonialism, from the 
mid-nineteenth century to the First World 
War, India, the jewel in the crown, pro- 


duced opium, tea, and other agricultural 
goods to fuel Britain’s industrialization, 
becoming, along the way, the market for 
the metropole’s manufactured goods. 
British Guiana, Mauritius, Trinidad, and 
Fiji came with sugar plantations while 

East Africa provided cloves and coffee. 
The profitability of South Africa’s coal, 
diamond, and gold mines was replicated in 
Burma’s rice-growing lower delta, Mala- 
ya’s rubber plantations, and Ceylon’s teas 
and spices. The exploitation of nature’s 
bounty required the development of 
export-oriented cash crops and infrastruc- 
ture that connected the hinterland to the 
ports. 

The keys to success in this British 
colonial economy that came to dominate 
the Indian Ocean were capital and labor. 
India supplied both. Empire scaled up 
mobility across the Indian Ocean and 
close to twenty-nine million sojourners 
and migrants from India circulated across 
these waters between 1830 and 1930. As 
historian Sugata Bose has noted, for the 
British Empire and its colonial subjects, 
the Indian Ocean had a hundred horizons.* 

In 1497—98 Vasco da Gama had 
relied on a merchant from India to sail 
from Malindi to Calicut. Europeans 
continued to extract local knowledge and 
resources well after the “age of discovery.” 
Despite their cartographical and techno- 
logical prowess in the nineteenth century, 
by which time the Indian Ocean had been 
turned into a “British Lake,” the British 
found themselves completely dependent 
on the material and political capital of 
merchants from India to make inroads into 
East Africa and Burma.$ Rajat Kanta Ray 
and Sugata Bose have described these 
traders as “intermediary capitalists” who 
operated at three overlapping levels as 
investors, exporters, and middlemen. As 
bankers and moneylenders, they provided 
credit to both European empire builders 
and local cultivators entering the cash 
crop economy.® The lower delta in Burma, 
for example, became the largest producer 
of rice in the world by the late nineteenth 
century due to the capital provided by 


76 


Chettiar bankers, a community of entre- 
preneurs from southern India. In eastern 
Africa, Gujarati petty shopkeepers linked 
the informal bazaars and trading centers 
in the hinterland to the colonial economy 
with their willingness to engage in barter 
and trade in currency, providing coins 

for local Africans to pay taxes. Larger 
scale shopkeepers and traders stocked 
their shops in colonial towns with goods 
acquired on consignment from merchants 
who imported and exported agricultural 
and manufactured goods from the ports of 
Bombay, Mombasa, and Rangoon. Ports 
and railways that brought the interior 
closer to the coast developed at a rapid 
pace, and as the British taxpayer began 
to complain about the costs of empire, 
these intermediary merchants stepped 
up to provide capital for infrastructure 
projects such as the building of the East 
Africa railways. Despite the loss of political 
sovereignty, the colonization of the Indian 
Ocean created unrivaled opportunities for 
merchants and traders from British India 
to reap profits from overseas ventures to 
their east and west. Kenya and Burma, in 
particular, were considered the “America 
of the Hindu,” as Gujarati and Chettiar 
capitalists became complicit and willing 
partners in the spread of British rule in 
these colonies where they positioned 
themselves as “sub-imperialists.”” 

Capital alone did not ensure the 
development of the colonial economy in 
the Indian Ocean, nor its profitability. The 
sugar, rice, tea, and rubber plantations as 
well as the mines, railways, and ports were 
built on the backs of laborers. The lucra- 
tive sugar plantations in Mauritius, among 
other locations, were entangled in the dark 
web of slavery in the Atlantic and Indian 
Oceans. In 1833, Britain banned slavery, 
equating modernity with civilization, and 
civilization with freedom and equality. The 
economic profitability of its colonial enter- 
prise, however, depended on the availabil- 
ity of cheap, but now free, labor. Having 
distanced themselves from the “uncivi- 
lized” procurement of labor through slav- 
ery, the British colonial state introduced 


a new system of labor within and beyond 
the Indian Ocean—that of indenture.® The 
availability of large numbers of landless 
Indians solved the colonial conundrum of 
ensuring Britain’s overseas expansion as 
not only a profitable enterprise but also a 
civilizing mission that promised freedom 
and equality for the colonized. Rather than 
coercing and enslaving humans, indenture 
was cast as a voluntary, legally bound 
system of labor recruitment that provided 
wages for a fixed number of years. Its 
advocates also claimed that indenture 
served to “civilize” both the laborers them- 
selves who were otherwise landless—and 
therefore suspect—and indigenous pop- 
ulations in the colonies whose labor was 
either unavailable or unaffordable. 

In 1838, the first ships carrying inden- 
tured laborers from India left for Mauritius. 
By 1911, close to 1.3 million laborers, 
some of whom were returning emigrants, 
affixed their thumb impressions to labor 
agreements that were illegible and often 
incomprehensible to them, boarded ships 
in Calcutta and Madras, and sailed to Fiji, 
Mauritius (fig. 2), Guiana, Trinidad, Natal, 
and Kenya. 

A larger number, close to twenty-eight 
million, the majority of whom were uncon- 
tracted seasonal laborers, traveled shorter 
distances across the Bay of Bengal, to 
Malaya, Ceylon, and Burma.’ Although 
slave labor was outlawed across the 
British Empire, the institutions of slavery, 
particularly the ships that treated slaves 
as cargo and the plantations themselves— 
complete with overseers who determined 
the payment and, in many cases, the 
non-payment of wages, the quantity of 
work, and meted out violent punishment— 
were not dismantled. Deception, coercion, 
and desertion took on a new legality that 
bound indentured laborers to plantations, 
quite literally, while uncontracted laborers 
circulating in the Bay of Bengal were left 
entirely to the mercy of their recruiters and 
employers who operated with absolutely 
no state oversight. Contemporary critics in 
Britain and India, the laborers themselves, 
and later-day historians have argued that 


indenture was a “new system of slavery.” 
The transience of “free” labor in Malaya, 
Ceylon, and Burma empowered recruiters 
and employers to provide no housing or 
rations, leaving large numbers impover- 
ished and in debt in conditions that were 
arguably even worse than those who were 
indentured. Free or indentured, migrant 
laborers from India in colonies across 

the Indian, Atlantic, and Pacific Oceans 
were entangled in the colonial project, 
producing commodities and building the 
infrastructure that consolidated British 
rule across the world. Although we asso- 
ciate the violence of colonialism with the 
spectacle of the wars of conquest of the 
nineteenth century and the counter-insur- 
gencies of the twentieth century, it was 
the violence of everyday life on the planta- 
tions, which has been captured so evoca- 
tively by Gaiutra Bahadur and others, that 
embodied the racial, gendered, and class- 
based tensions of European modernity. '° 


Colonialism’s Afterlives 


Religion and Resilience 


While “slavery” has been a recur- 
ring trope in descriptions of indentured 
labor and underscores the human cost of 
European modernity and its imperial and 
capital expansion, the Indian Ocean has 
provided historians and artists a horizon 
from which to recover the agency and 
humanity of the colonized. For Shiraz 
Bayjoo, this is a project “of recouping an 
individual and collective identity beyond 
colonial narratives.”!! He locates the 
“lateral connections” across the Indian 
Ocean that enable such a recovery in 
Mauritius, his homeland and the site of 
his work. In a series of photographs titled 
Extraordinary Quarantines, he invokes a 
history of the everyday acts of resistance 
and the resilience of African slaves and 
indentured laborers from India who were 
settled in Mauritius by the French and 
the English. Bayjoo’s work borrows its 
title from a former British governor who 
described Mauritius to Mark Twain as “a 
land of extraordinary quarantine”—an 


77 


island where English ships were forced Colonialism’s 


into quarantine by the French colonial 
government, and a place with a “very 
small; small to insignificance” population nd 


Afterlives 


of “East Indian[s]”, “mongrels,” “negroes,” —|nyocations 
“French,” and “English.” It was a place ; 
where one could find “all kinds of mix- of Oceanic 
tures” and “every shade of complexion.” —_ History 


While the ships that were quarantined 
were allowed to leave after a mandated 





2. “Hill Coolies Landing at the Mauritius” (///ustrated London News 13 [Aug. 6, 
1842]: 193). 


twenty days, Bayjoo’s work draws atten- 
tion to those who were in permanent 
quarantine on the island. The historical 
and sacred geography of his homeland 

is evocatively captured in this series of 
photographs. Extraordinary Quarantines 
#38 (23) is an image of the Indian Ocean, 
of waves crashing against the rocks, 
emphasizing the centrality of the ocean to 
the history of the island that was settled 
by waves of migrants—French, African, 
English, and Indian. The gray image of an 
opulent grave in Extraordinary Quarantines 
#40 (24) contrasts with the vividly colored, 
modest graves in Extraordinary Quaran- 
tines #12 (21), a juxtaposition deployed 
to remind us of the colonial state and the 
unnamed slave and indentured labor on 
which it was built. It is in Extraordinary 
Quarantines #15 (22) ina photograph of a 
large Hindu deity, Hanuman, that Bayjoo 


Colonialism’s 
Afterlives 
and 
Invocations 
of Oceanic 


History 


celebrates the resistance and resilience 
of the indentured laborers whose descen- 
dants constitute the majority of the pop- 
ulation of Mauritius today. Colonialism’s 
afterlife in Mauritius, in Bayjoo’s framing, 
is its plural cultural inheritance that is 
inseparable from oceanic history. The 
permanently quarantined African, Indian, 
and Creole laborers for whom Mauritius 
became home, some by force, others by 
fate, together created a cosmopolitan 
island nation defined by its inhabitants’ 
“ancestral cultures.”!5 

Hanuman, in Bayjoo’s photograph, is 
a large, imposing statue dressed in red, 
towering toward the sky—the iconic Hindu 
deity carrying a mountain in the palm of 
his left hand. The location of this statue is 
Grand Bassin Lake in the mountains about 
1,800 feet above sea level. Referred to as 
“Ganga Talao” in a direct invocation of the 
Ganges, the most sacred river in India for 
Hindus, Grand Bassin is the most “pres- 
tigious Hindu sacred place in Mauritius,” 
and, indeed, the Indian Ocean world 
outside of South Asia.'4 Over four hun- 
dred thousand pilgrims, the majority from 
Mauritius itself, visit Ganga Talao every 
year in February to celebrate Shivratri, 
a popular Hindu festival. A number of 
Hindu temples surround the lake, mirror- 
ing temple complexes in northern India. 
Since the early twentieth century, Ganga 
Talao has been managed by a number of 
voluntary Hindu associations with links to 
similar organizations in India such as the 
Hindu Mahasabha and the Vishwa Hindu 
Parishad (World Hindu Council). The 
Indian government has also been involved 
in maintaining and expanding Ganga Talao 
since the 1970s, acknowledging its emo- 
tive and connective centrality to the large 
Hindu diaspora in Mauritius. In 1972, 
“holy water” from the Ganges was flown to 
Ganga Talao in a special vessel to legiti- 
mize the diasporic origin myth that located 
the Ganges as the lake’s source. Mathieu 
Claveyrolas argues that this marked the 
“ritual transfer of Hindu territory and iden- 
tity” from the Indian homeland, conferring 


upon Ganga Talao the status of a “sacred 
place” within an oceanic Hindu world. 

Almost a century earlier, in 1898, 
a group of Hindu pilgrims led by Pandit 
Giri Gossayne had walked to Ganga Talao 
following the pandit’s dream that in the 
land of extraordinary quarantine, there 
existed a sacred lake whose waters flowed 
directly from the Ganges.?® Within the next 
two decades, Grand Bassin became the 
site of annual pilgrimage for increasingly 
large numbers of Hindu worshipers. What 
appears to be a mundane site of wor- 
ship in Bayjoo’s work is in fact a symbol 
of resistance. The majority of the Hindu 
population in Mauritius consisted of inden- 
tured laborers until the system came to an 
end during the First World War. Although 
nominally free, in contrast to the slave 
labor whose jobs they now performed, 
their movement was severely restricted. 
The annual pilgrimage to Ganga Talao 
was simultaneously an escape from the 
plantation, the realization of their dreams 
of “return” to their homeland, and the 
making of a diasporic enclave and iden- 
tity that allowed indentured laborers and 
their descendants to rebuild in Mauritius 
all that they had lost by boarding ships in 
Calcutta and Madras.” 

Religion offered labor migrants 
ties that bound diasporic communities 
together, providing a sacred and commu- 
nal space for resistance. At the same time, 
anticolonial nationalists in India built up a 
campaign against the system of indenture 
itself, especially after the return to India 
of Mohandas K. Gandhi, who had spent 
close to two decades in South Africa.?® 
While the plantation economies of British 
Guiana, Trinidad, Fiji, and Mauritius came 
under fire for the mistreatment of inden- 
tured laborers, immigration restrictions on 
merchants and traders from India in white 
settler colonies such as Kenya and South 
Africa further emboldened nationalists to 
criticize the racist discourse that posi- 
tioned Indians as inferior and less civilized 
than Europeans.’ Indenture ended with 
the outbreak of the First World War, and 
Indian nationalists turned their attention 


78 


to attaining independence from the Brit- 
ish. The depression of 1929-30 created 

a glut in labor markets across the Indian 
Ocean, slowing the rate of emigration from 
India. 


Race and Resistance 


The legacy of indenture continues in 
Guiana, Mauritius, Fiji, and Trinidad where 
“Indians” form a majority or close to a 
majority of the population, living in dias- 
poric enclaves that simultaneously include 
and exclude. Colonialism’s afterlives—the 
racial and religious borders built by Indi- 
ans in these postcolonial nations—have 
been interrogated in the literature of V. S. 
Naipaul and scholarship of Anjali Prabhu 
and others who expose the limits of dias- 
poric imaginations.2° While Mauritius has 
attempted to reconcile the racial trappings 
of its Indian, African, and Creole popula- 
tion by embracing “ancestral culture” in 
defining its nationhood at the moment of 
decolonization, a different fate met Indian 
migrants in settler colonies. 

Merchants and traders from India 
acted as sub-imperialists in the early days 
of colonial rule in eastern Africa at the turn 
of the century. European settlers in Kenya 
and South Africa, however, wanted to con- 
vert these areas into “white man’s coun- 
try,” similar to settler colonies in Australia, 
New Zealand, and North America. Pointing 
to India’s own colonial subjugation, Euro- 
peans argued that Indians were a racially 
distinct group, below Europeans in the 
civilizational hierarchy and not equal nor 
effective partners in the imperial project. 
By the early 1910s, they began to argue 
that far from being a civilizing influence, 
the Indian presence in East Africa was 
detrimental to the indigenous population 
who, in their telling, needed to be Chris- 
tianized—and thereby civilized—to fulfill 
Britain’s imperial vision. In response, led 
by Gandhi in South Africa and a number of 
Muslim merchants in East Africa, mid- 
dle- and upper-class migrants distanced 
themselves from indentured laborers and 
demanded parity with European settlers 
based on Indian civilizational achieve- 


ments that they carried with them across 
the Indian Ocean to Africa. Just as Hindu 
migrants in Mauritius established a sacred 
connection with the Ganges, merchants 
and traders invoked the ancient com- 
mercial and political glory of their Indian 
homeland to argue for political and 
economic equality with Europeans in 
East Africa, a land they claimed to have 
“developed” for decades before Europe- 
ans arrived on the scene.?! 

The civilizational claims made by 
these merchants, who assumed the lead- 
ership of diasporic Indian communities in 
South and East Africa in the early twen- 
tieth century, marked them as distinct 
from, and more “modern” than, Africans.22 
At the same time, building on these trade 
networks, petty shopkeepers established 
small shops selling everyday goods to Afri- 
cans and bought their agricultural produce 
(fig. 3). 

African shopkeepers, dependent on 
the colonial state for capital, could not 
compete with the Indians who turned to 
larger merchants for loans and merchan- 
dise. At the same time, the colonial gov- 
ernment in East Africa employed skilled 
and semi-skilled Indian laborers in their 
many infrastructure projects, while African 
labor was employed only in unskilled work 
that paid much less. This pattern of com- 
merce and wage labor created diasporic 
economic monopolies and enclaves that 
were, in effect, racial borders that Africans 
could not cross. By the interwar years, 
as unskilled African labor organized into 
unions and anticolonial resistance mobi- 
lized into mass movements of elite nation- 
alism and subaltern revolution, Indians 
became the target of a cry to make “Africa 
for Africans.” Everyday skirmishes in the 
overcrowded and underdeveloped non-Eu- 
ropean areas of colonial cities took on an 
increasingly racialized framing as clashes 
between Indian shopkeepers and their 
African customers and accidents involving 
Indian car owners and African pedestrians 
escalated into violent affrays and melees.?5 

On the other side of the Indian Ocean 
a discourse of indigeneity emerged in 


Burma where more than thirteen million 
seasonal migrants from India cycled 
through between 1840 and 1930.7 From 
the mid-nineteenth century onward, the 
British had gradually annexed different 
regions of Burma and attached them, 
administratively, to British India. Capital 
and labor crossed the Bay of Bengal into 
the Arakan and Rangoon. The latter was 
the busiest port of immigration in the 
world at the time, rivaling New York.?5 
Indian migrants constituted the majority 
of the population of Rangoon, while an 
already large, Bengali-speaking Muslim 
community in the Arakan increased in 
number with the now-closer administra- 
tive association of Burma with Bengal 
and India (fig. 4). The 1930s opened 
and closed with the outbreak of violence 
in Rangoon and the lower delta against 
Indian labor accompanied by a rising 
discourse of nationalism. Arguing for the 
separation of Burma from India as the 
first step toward independence, Burmese 
nationalists deployed the language of 
race and religion to distinguish Burmans 
from Indians. They imagined their nation 
as Buddhist and Burmanese, rendering 
migrants from India permanent outsid- 
ers.76 

In East Africa and Burma, the spec- 
ter of the migrant was used to define the 


nation racially as one in which Indians were 
unwanted guests. Space and race mapped 


together at the moment of decolonization, 
and within the first few years of indepen- 
dence the euphoria of freedom gave way 
to disillusionment as it became clear that 
colonialism’s afterlives had yielded inde- 
pendent states but had not eliminated the 
structural inequalities of empire. 
In Kenya and Uganda, Indians were 


singled out as colonial hangovers who were 


preventing “real” citizens from gainful 
employment and economic progress. 
Unlike Mauritius’s embrace of the plu- 
ralism of its colonial-born citizens, East 
African nationalists ignored the long his- 
tory of migration in the Indian Ocean that 
predated colonial rule and deployed the 
recurring trope of the Indian migrant as an 


79 


. . . . 1 1 U 
anachronistic presence in the nation who _—Colonialism’s 


was unwanted, unwelcome, and complicit 
in the colonial subjugation of Africans. 
The postcolonial state in Kenya moved to nd 


Afterlives 


squeeze shopkeepers out of the country, Invocations 
while in Uganda Idi Amin issued an expul- ; 
sion order shortly after his military coup in _°f Oceanic 
1971 giving Indians ninety days to leave History 


the country. In Uganda, especially, this 
expulsion was carried out by the military 
amidst the threat of real and perceived 
violence. 





4. Mogul Shia Masjid (built 1914-18), 91 30th Street, 
formerly known as Mogul Street, Rangoon (author’s 
photo). 


Colonialism’s 
Afterlives 
and 
Invocations 
of Oceanic 


History 





Race, Religion, and Remapping the 
Nation 


The late 1960s and early 1970s saw 
the voluntary and involuntary exodus of 
Indians from East Africa. Some returned 
to India, but the majority became twice 
migrants in Britain, bringing the empire, 
quite literally, home to the metropole.?” 

In Burma, a 1962 expulsion order 
pushed the small remaining Indian com- 


5. Rohingya refugees prevented from entering camps by Bangladeshi border 
guard, Oct. 2017 (Dar Yasin/Associated Press). 


munity out of the country. Two decades 
later, the Muslim, Bengali-speaking com- 
munity in the Arakan, the Rohingya, were 
rendered stateless as they were excluded 
from the list of citizens in the constitution 
of Myanmar in 1982. The government of 
Myanmar insists on referring to them as 
Bengali, not Rohingya. This nomenclature 
allows them to argue that the Rohingya 
are Bangladeshi migrants, illegally liv- 

ing in Myanmar (fig. 5). In what the UN 
has called a military-backed campaign 

of “ethnic cleansing,” more than half a 
million have left their homeland to which 
they make a claim going back three to 
four generations. The Rohingyas’ claims 
of territorial belonging, and the Myanmar 
government’s disavowal of the same, have 
underscored a deeply entangled crisis of 
mobility, migration, identity, and national- 
ism involving Myanmar, Bangladesh, India, 
and Pakistan. 


While decolonization in eastern Africa 
and Burma was accompanied by the mak- 
ing of racial boundaries within national ter- 
ritories that marked certain groups as not 
belonging, colonialism’s afterlives in South 
Asia are deeply entangled with the many 
cartographical experiments of the British 
in the region and the making of religious 
boundaries by postcolonial nationalists 
(figs. 6-7). 

The frontiers of British India in the 
mid-nineteenth century extended from 
present-day Pakistan to Myanmar. British 
India included the people and territories 
of a number of large empires of the early 
modern world, as well as smaller king- 
doms, chiefdoms, and communities that 
resisted these centralizing empires. By 
1947 three nations were partitioned out of 
British India: India, Pakistan, and Burma; 
and a fourth, Bangladesh, was created 
in 1971. Decolonization brought political 
sovereignty to the people of South Asia, 
but, as David Ludden has pointed out, 
“creating national territory meant carving 
up. ..imperial spaces and networks.”28 
This was a process that was “traumatic,” 
as nationalist projects in all four countries 
continually deployed 
history to define these 
nations along shifting 
registers of religion, 
language, and ethnic- 
ity—an endeavor fraught 
with violence and 
expulsion, as it broke up 
networks and neigh- 
borhoods, and imposed 
carceral boundaries that 
restricted mobility in 
borderlands that for cen- 
turies had been home to 
mobile communities ren- 
dering their homelands 
perilous.2° 

Shilpa Gupta’s 
works Speaking Wall and 
Fenced Borders (42—51) 
capture this trauma, 
memorializing not only 
critical events in South 


80 


Asia’s history such as the Partition of 
1947, but also reminding us of the his- 
torical conjunctures at which separation 
is produced. In so doing, she emphasizes 
the constructed nature of borders that 
renders people and community outsiders, 
as migrants who do not belong. While we 
think of migrants as mobile, unrooted, and 
transient yet visible, Soeaking Wall and 
Untitled (There Is No Border Here/No hay 
frontera aqui) (40—41) repeatedly invoke 
the artificiality, transience, and invisibility 
of the border rather than the migrant. The 
border is wiped out by the rains and it is 
invisible to the communities living in bor- 
derlands. The specter of Partition looms 
large in Gupta’s work, as she draws atten- 
tion to the “fractured geography of South 
Asia,” as described by Iftikhar Dadi.*° 


Invocations of History 


Partition is a central paradigm of 
historical and nationalist thought in South 
Asia. It is a conceptual category that has 
produced postcolonial state projects of 
populist exclusion. In India, Pakistan, 
Bangladesh, and Myanmar, competing 
historical narratives have been used to 


Ae FFP — ote Det Pantie Pee 


Pome eerie borne 





6. “Indian Empire & Ceylon, 1915” (Vincent A. Smith, /ndia in the British Period: Being 
Part Three of the Oxford History of India (Oxford: Clarendon, 1920], facing 786). 


legitimize the making and unmaking of 
colonial-era boundaries that were nation- 
alized along ethnic and religious lines. 

It was this process, rather than mobility 
itself, that created “migrants” in South 
Asia as communities were—and continue 
to be—evicted from their homelands 
amidst national discourses that artificially 
construct histories of “authentic” nation- 
hood along singular religious and territorial 
lines. At the same time, histories of mobil- 
ity themselves are used to gloss over the 
human trauma and violence of decoloniza- 
tion. On the other hand, Partition has also 
enabled the states’ critics, including activ- 
ists, historians, and artists to interrogate 
and challenge discourses of non-belonging 
in projects of recovery—of a shared South 
Asian past—and memorialization. A series 
of trees outlined in Gupta’s Fenced Bor- 
ders speaks directly to this history. Mango 
Tree (47) is a reminder of the common 


geography, climate, and culture of India 
and Pakistan that is evident in the every- 
day eating habits of the people of South 
Asia and their love of the mango, the fruit 
of the gods, that provides some respite in 
the blistering heat of the summer in north- 
ern South Asia. In Mangrove (48) Gupta 
draws our attention to the stubborn roots 
of the trees that grow in the Sundarbans in 
the borderland between Bangladesh and 
India, uniting the territories of these two 
nations at their very foundation. There /s 
No Border Here similarly celebrates the 
resilience of people and cultures and their 
resistance to the endeavors of the nation- 
state to separate territories and people. 
“Modernity,” as David Ludden suc- 
cinctly put it, “consigned human mobility 
to the dusty corners of archives that doc- 
ument the hegemonic space of national 
territorialism. As a result, we imagine that 
mobility is border crossing, as though 
borders came first, and mobil- 
_ ity, second. The truth is more 





=== SE Oa 
TAJIKISTAN = . bey 






eb 
\ TURKMENISTAN 
h 

Lase/ > 





fc oHerat Kabul 
g Pes : 
AFGHANISTAN cane and 

) Fe peta e®™, ©) 5 Kashmir 
[ f Raw VY 
(/ Sulranwalig > 

o / Lahore © Amritsar 


|<30° [Quota } S*gSimia 


0-5 $Smig 
fhiana “Chandigarh 
, PAK 


sb 

Sukkurg Lo 

; Lara 20 . 
ope Dad 

[oTurbad TS 


| age, Hiborabad, 
| oKarachi 


eet 





° 

Rajkot 

| 

Sie 
| Kalyan-o 

| | MumbaiO’ gPune 

| Bombay) 

| fe, 

Kolhapur) = 


7 Bel 
15 lelgaum 
a = Panaji? ‘0 Bellary 2 iIL 


| | Bangalore, 

| | Mangalore? 

i Mysore® 
Kozhikodeo Salem? 

on (Caley 


‘Chennai | 
Vellore | Madras) 


Pondicherry 








Galle 
Matara 


o 
» MALDIVES ieee 


| Maldive | 
| | Islands ola 





9 200 400 800km INDIAN OCEAN 








SS] 
oO 200 4400 mi 
5° 70° 75° 80° 








ay ae SOUTH ASIA | 






Chittagong 
Onan 


| Andaman 








= the other way round.”*! In their 
invocations of oceanic history 
and colonialism’s afterlives, 
Shilpa Gupta and Shiraz Bayjoo 
return to this truth. Rather than 
conceptualize mobility as border 
crossing and separation, mobility, 
for Bayjoo, facilitates connections 
across space and time. Through 
*e%0°| mobility, Bayjoo reaches back 
“| _ to the enslaved and indentured 
\ past of Mauritius to celebrate 
‘\| the cosmopolitan, multicultural 









ae 
sittwe 


——— present of the nation, emphasiz- 


| ing India’s proximity—rather than 
distance—from the island across 
“) the Indian Ocean. For Gupta, too, 
mobility provides an entry point 

_| _ into emphasizing connections 

| over separation. Eschewing the 
temptation to conflate mobility 
with migration and migrants with 


Port Bait; 


92s UOMPPHY 


Nicobar | 














border crossing, Gupta critiques 


7. Map of South Asia. It is worth noting that the UN includes Myanmar 
(Burma) as part of Southeast Asia, not South Asia. This regional 
boundary is reflected in South and Southeast Asian historiography 
(United Nations Geospatial Information Section, Map No. 4140 Rev 4 
[Dec. 2011)). 


the border itself for creating 
migrants. Her work reveals the 
transience and invisibility of the 
border that produces violence 


81 


at the historical conjunctures at which 
migrants are made in the moment of their 
expulsion. Simultaneously, in underscoring 
the artificiality of the border, even as she 
recognizes its potential tyranny, Gupta’s 
work refuses to succumb to the hegemony 
of such divisions, alluding to the shared 
history and homelands of those on either 
side. This affectively and effectively estab- 
lishes proximity and intimacy, rather than 
distance, between India, Bangladesh, and 
Pakistan. 

The twin forces of capitalism and 
racializing ideologies of civilizational 
hierarchies reached their nadir in the form 
of European modernity and colonialism 
in the nineteenth century, as the tensions 
of empire manifested in the mapping of 
race and religion onto place and people, a 


discourse inherited by postcolonial nations 


in Africa and South Asia. Far from being 

a moment that ended with the departure 
of European colonists, decolonization 
remains an ongoing process across the 
Indian Ocean, as nationalist projects 

have tried to manage and contain oce- 
anic mobility by raising the specter of the 
“outsider” to expel “migrants” and delimit 
“national” territory and cultures with 
carceral borders. Together, Bayjoo’s and 
Gupta’s works interrogate colonialism’s 
afterlives in Mauritius and South Asia in 
their invocations of oceanic history that 
was constituted by mobility. In so doing, 
they celebrate the resistance and resil- 
ience of the intimately entangled lives of 
communities across the Indian Ocean that 
colonial and postcolonial states have tried, 
unsuccessfully, to disentangle. 





Colonialism’s 
Afterlives 
and 
Invocations 
of Oceanic 


History 


Colonialism’s 
Afterlives 
and 
Invocations 
of Oceanic 


History 


Sana Aiyar is associate professor of history at the Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology. Her work on mobility and migration across 


the Indian Ocean remaps South Asia by examining intimately 


connected histories of the region with Africa and Southeast Asia. 


Her first book, /ndians in Kenya: The Politics of Diaspora (2015) 


focuses on the relationship between African and Indian anticolo- 


nial politics in colonial Kenya and its immediate aftermath. Her 


current book manuscript, The Partition of 1937: Recovering Bur- 
ma’s South Asian History, uses partition as a metaphor to include 


Burma in the history and historiography of South Asia through a 
study of migrations and religious geographies across India and 
Burma. 


Shiraz Bayjoo and Denise Clarke, “When the Painterly Meets the 
Political,” Arts Cabinet, June 7, 2019, https://www.artscabinet.org 
/editorialwhen-the-painter-meets-the-political. 


For more on the Portuguese in the Indian Ocean, see Sanjay Sub- 
rahmanyam, The Portuguese Empire in Asia, 1500-1700: A Political 
and Economic History (London: Longman, 1993). Amitav Ghosh’s /n 
an Antique Land (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1993) also invokes this 
deep history of circulation across the Indian Ocean. 


Jeremy Prestholdt, Domesticating the World: African Consumerism 
and the Genealogies of Globalization (Berkeley: University of Califor- 
nia Press, 2007) and Pedro Machado, Oceans of Trade: South Asian 
Merchants, Africa and the Indian Ocean, c. 1750-1850 (Cambridge: 
CUP, 2014). 


Sugata Bose, A Hundred Horizons: The Indian Ocean in the Age of 
Global Empire (Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2006). See also Sunil S. 
Amrith, Crossing the Bay of Bengal: The Furies of Nature and the 
Fortunes of Migrants (Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2013) and Thomas 
R. Metcalf, Imperial Connections: India in the Indian Ocean Arena, 
1860—1920 (Berkeley: University of California Press, 2007). 


Sana Aiyar, Indians in Kenya: The Politics of Diaspora (Cambridge: 
Harvard UP, 2015) and Fahad Ahmad Bishara, A Sea of Debt: Law 
and Economic Life in the Western Indian Ocean, 1780—1950 (Cam- 
bridge: CUP, 2017). 


Bose, Hundred Horizons, 72—121 and Rajat Kanta Ray, “Asian 
Capital in the Age of European Dominance: The Rise of the Bazaar, 
1800-1914,” Modern Asian Studies 29, no. 3 (July 1995): 449-554. 


Aiyar, Indians in Kenya and Michael Adas, The Burma Delta: Eco- 
nomic Development and Social Change on an Asian Rice Frontier, 
1852-1941 (Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1974). 


Hugh Tinker, A New System of Slavery: The Export of Indian Labour 
Overseas, 1830—1920 (New York: Institute of Race Relations, Oxford 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


UP, 1974); Madhavi Kale, Fragments of Empire: Capital, Slavery, and 
Indian Indentured Labor Migration in the British Caribbean (Philadel- 
phia: University of Philadelphia Press, 1998); and David Northrup, 
Indentured Labor in the Age of Imperialism, 1834—1922 (Cambridge: 
CUP, 1995). 


Amrith, Crossing the Bay, 28, 104. 


Gaiutra Bahadur, Coolie Woman: The Odyssey of Indenture (Chicago: 
University of Chicago Press, 2014). Amitav Ghosh, Sea of Poppies 
(London: John Murray, 2008) beautifully captures the political and 
human toll of indenture. For an autobiographical account of inden- 
ture, see Totaram Sanadhya, My Twenty-One Years in the Fiji Islands 
& The Story of the Haunted Line, ed. and trans. John Dunham Kelly 
and Uttra Kumari Singh (Suva: Fiji Museum, 1991). 


Bayjoo and Clarke, “Painterly Meets the Political.” 


Mark Twain, Following the Equator: A Journey around the World, vol. 
2 (New York: Harper and Brothers, 1899), 294. 


See Patrick Eisenlohr, “Mediality and Materiality in Religious Perfor- 
mance: Religion as Heritage in Mauritius,” Material Religion 9, no. 3 
(2015): 328—48. 


Mathieu Claveyrolas, “From the Indian Ganges to a Mauritian Lake: 
Hindu Pilgrimage in a ‘Diasporic’ Context,” in Pilgrimage and Politi- 
cal Economy: Translating the Sacred, ed. Simon Coleman and John 
Eade (New York: Berghahn, 2018), 21—39, 30. 


Claveyrolas, 32. 
Claveyrolas, 30-31. 


For more on religious festivals and sacred geographies in the dias- 
poric context, see Frank Korom, Hosay Trinidad: Muharram Perfor- 
mances in an Indo-Caribbean Diaspora (Philadelphia: University of 
Pennsylvania Press, 2002); Sunil S. Amrith, “Tamil Diasporas across 
the Bay of Bengal,” American Historical Review 114, no. 3 (June 
2009): 547—72; and Prabhu P. Mohapatra, “‘Following Custom’? 
Representations of Community among Indian Immigrant Labour in 
the West Indies, 1880—1920,” /nternational Review of Social History 
51, no. 14 (Dec. 2006): 173-202. 


For details, see Joseph Lelyveld, Great Soul: Mahatma Gandhi and 
His Struggle with India (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2011) and Ram- 
achandra Guha, Gandhi before India (London: Allen Lane, 2013). 


See John Dunham Kelly, A Politics of Virtue: Hinduism, Sexuality, 
and Countercolonial Discourse in Fiji (Chicago: University of Chicago 
Press, 1991), and Aiyar, Indians in Kenya. 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 


V. S. Naipaul, A House for Mr. Biswas (1961) (London: Penguin, 
1992); Anjali Prabhu, “Representation in Mauritian Politics: Who 
Speaks for African Pasts?,” International Journal of Francophone 
Studies 8, no. 2 (Aug. 2005): 183-97. 


For details see Aiyar, Indians in Kenya. 


For an account of Gandhi’s sub-imperialist and divisive politics in 
South Africa see Ashwin Desai and Goolam H. Vahed, The South Afri- 
can Gandhi: Stretcher-Bearer of Empire (Stanford: SUP, 2015). See 
also Antoinette M. Burton, Brown over Black: Race and the Politics of 
Postcolonial Citation (Gurgaon: Three Essays Collective, 2012) for a 
critique of Indians’ racializing discourse. 


For the 1949 riots in Durban, see Jon Soske, /nternal Frontiers: Afri- 
can Nationalism and the Indian Diaspora in Twentieth-Century South 
Africa (Athens: Ohio UP, 2017). 


Amrith, Crossing the Bay. 


Thant Myint-U, “Myanmar, an Unfinished Nation,” Nikkei Asian 
Review, June 17, 2017, https://asia.nikkei.com/Politics/Myanmar 
-an-unfinished-nation. 


Sana Aiyar, The Partition of 1937: Recovering Burma’s South Asian 
History (forthcoming). 


See Aiyar, Indians in Kenya and Anneeth Kaur Hundle, “Exceptions 
to the Expulsion: Violence, Security and Community among Ugandan 
Asians, 1972—79,” Journal of Eastern African Studies 7, no. 1 (Feb. 
2013): 164—82 and Edgar Taylor, “Asians and Africans in Ugandan 
Urban Life, 1959-1972” (PhD diss., University of Michigan, 2016). 


David Ludden, “The Tragedy of the Nation: History and the Rohingya 
Crisis” published as “Perilous Homelands: The Rohingya Crisis and 
the Violence of National Territory,” Daily Star, Apr. 1, 2019, https:// 
www.thedailystar.net/in-focus/news/perilous-homelands-1722988. 


Ludden, “Perilous Homelands.” 


Iftikhar Dadi, “Frayed Geographies and Fractured Selves: Shilpa Gut- 
pa’s Untitled (2014—15),” in My East Is Your West: Collateral Event 
Venice Biennale 2015 (Venice: Gujral Foundation, 2015), 70—75, 
http://shilpagupta.com/web/about/bibio/2016/id.htm. 


David Ludden, “Presidential Address: Maps in the Mind and the 


Mobility of Asia,” Journal of Asian Studies 62, no. 4 (Nov. 2003): 
1057-78. 


83 


Colonialism’s 
Afterlives 
and 
Invocations 
of Oceanic 


History 


= (b. 1972) was born in Nairobi and trained 

at Yale (MFA sculpture, 2000). In her 

paintings, collages, films, performances, and 

sculptures she dissects, reconstitutes, and 
recontextualizes images to construct new ways of looking at what we have already seen, or highlights what we 
have never actually perceived. Her work has been the subject of numerous solo shows, including Wangechi 
Mutu: A Fantastic Journey (2013-14) and exhibitions at Museum of Contemporary Art, Sydney; Musée d’art 
contemporain de Montréal; Deutsche Guggenheim, Berlin; Art Gallery of Ontario, Toronto; and Museum of 
Contemporary Art San Diego, among others. Mutu is the recipient of many awards and her work was included 
in the 2019 Whitney Biennial and the Metropolitan Museum of Art’s facade exhibition Wangechi Mutu: The 
NewOnes, will free Us (2019-20). 


Credits: © 2005, 2015 Wangechi Mutu 
All works appear courtesy of Wangechi Mutu and Gladstone Gallery, New York and Brussels and belong to the 


artist. 
85 


Wangechi Mutu 





Amazing Grace, 2005 
digital video, 7:06 (video still) 


Wangechi Mutu 





Amazing Grace, 2005 
digital video, 7:06 (video still) 


87 


Wangechi Mutu 





Amazing Grace, 2005 
digital video, 7:06 (video still) 


Wangechi Mutu 





Amazing Grace, 2005 
digital video, 7:06 (video still) 


Wangechi Mutu 





Amazing Grace, 2005 
digital video, 7:06 (video still) 


Wangechi Mutu 





Amazing Grace, 2005 
digital video, 7:06 (video still) 


91 


Wangechi Mutu 





I’m too Misty, 2015 
collage painting on linoleum, 40 x 33 in. 


92 


The Indian Ocean after 1945 


Bérénice Guyot-Réchard 


An ocean crowded with warships. An unsuspecting fish pierced by a harpoon. A sub- 
marine slinking off the coastline. Explosions shaking the earth. The images Penny Siopis 
uses in She Breathes Water (104—9) generate unease, unsettling our image of the Indian 
Ocean as a tropical Eden—a paradise that is, as such, out of time. 

The chasm between Siopis’s film and the popular imagination reveals the need to 
understand the historical junctures, breaks, and ripples that have fashioned the region. 
Like many of the works in /ndian Ocean Current: Six Artistic Narratives, these images 
speak of conflict and destruction, of extraction and exploitation, and, above all, of 
constant motion. Since 1945, maritime environments have been the setting for imperial 
designs, dreams of postcolonial solidarity, the assertions of nation-states, efforts to con- 
trol the movement of people, the transport of goods in the biggest ships ever seen, and 
the extraction of the sea’s bounty. The Indian Ocean as we know it is the result of the 
interaction between human aspirations and its watery realms. And of the myriad forms of 
violence that often accompany the human thirst for power. 


Life and Death of the British Lake 


The contemporary Indian Ocean has been shaped by global conflict. In the early 
twentieth century the region was a colonial sea, its rim and sea-lanes dominated by the 
British Empire and, in places, by the Dutch, the French, and the Portuguese. Japan’s 
conquest of Southeast Asia in 1940—42 ripped apart these structures of dominance. 
With Singapore, the Sunda Straits, and the Andaman Islands under its control, Tokyo 
held the keys to the “British Lake.” For the next four years, Japan challenged the Allies 
for dominance of the Indian Ocean’s ports, islands, and routes—all vital cogs for the war 
effort.! 

After Japan’s defeat in 1945, European powers were poised to resume their political 
positions across the Indian Ocean. The British Empire was resurgent, while France and 
the Netherlands were set on the reconquest of Indochina and the Dutch East Indies. Yet 
the military debacle of World War II had taken a huge psychological and political toll and 
tarnished the prestige of Europeans. War and Japanese occupation had electrified anti- 
colonial nationalist and communist movements from India to Malaysia. As global conflict 
gave way to decolonization, the Indian Ocean’s political map morphed from a congeries 
of imperial networks and dependencies into a jigsaw of independent states. 

The end of colonial rule in the Indian Ocean was, no matter the ruling power, a pro- 
tracted and heterogeneous phenomenon. Decolonization’s momentum and shape were 


93 


neither predetermined nor unidirectional. 
Several decades separate India and Paki- 
stan’s independence in 1947 from that of 
Mozambique, Djibouti, and the Seychelles 
in the late 1970s, not to speak of Brunei 
in 1984. In some cases, as in Ceylon and 
French India, there were peaceful consti- 
tutional transitions. Others, such as Ken- 
ya’s, Vietnam’s, and Indonesia’s, came on 
the backs of violent anticolonial struggles, 
often many years in the running. In places 
like the Indian subcontinent, Singapore, 
and Malaysia, or the Comoros, indepen- 
dence meant partitions and separations. 
The success of anti-imperial national- 
isms should not obscure the existence of 
“loyalist” forces either.? In this and many 
other ways, freedom had its fair share of 
ambiguities. 

Nor did decolonization mean the end 
of the European presence in the Indian 
Ocean. France successfully kept a sover- 
eign foothold in the southwest, using La 
Réunion and Mayotte to legitimize itself as 
a hybrid presence, at once indigenous and 
external to the region.* The British Empire 
did not abandon its ambitions in the Indian 
Ocean either. Initially, it re-centered its 
old Indian core to places like East Africa 
and Malaya and rebuilt its Singapore and 
Hong Kong fortresses. When transfers of 
power could not be avoided, it cast old 
ties afresh, modernizing the Common- 
wealth. London deployed technological, 


The Indian 
Ocean after 
1945 





strategic, and economic expertise or arms 
sales as levers of influence. It also did 
some administrative reshuffling, like that 
which wrested control of the Persian Gulf’s 
micro-states from Delhi in the waning days 
of British India. As the maintenance of 
territorial dominions became increasingly 
unrealistic, Britain focused on securing 

a network of bases in coastal and island 
states, from which it could project mil- 
itary power when needed.® Some of its 
plans, in Balochistan and the Andaman 
and Nicobar Islands for instance, came to 
nothing. But it did manage to hold on to 
Trincomalee in Ceylon, the Indian Ocean's 
preeminent naval base and one of the 
world’s finest natural harbors (fig. 1). This, 
among other factors, ensured the Royal 


1. Commonwealth navies training in Trincomalee Harbor, Apr. 1952 (Imperial 
War Museums, Admiralty Official Collection, A 32103). 





2. Performing postcolonial solidarity. The Bandung Conference in action, Apr. 
1955 (National Archives of the Republic of Indonesia, 550420 FP 31). 


Navy’s continued importance in the Indian 
Ocean.® 

This postwar British position was vul- 
nerable to the changing political climate in 
the Indian Ocean. After a left-wing govern- 
ment came to power in Ceylon in 1956, 
London abandoned Trincomalee. A decade 
later, it announced its goal to withdraw 
“east of Suez,” accepting a reduced role 
as a regional power rather than an Indian 
Ocean or global one. The retreat was never 
total, even after the return of Hong Kong to 
China in 1997. Yet London’s acceptance 
of the new order showed that the British 
Lake’s demise had really taken place.’ 


The Postcolonial Sea 


The end of European supremacy 
coincided with the Cold War and the rise 
of solidarity movements among newly 
independent states of the Indian Ocean 
and beyond. Historians now believe 
that the Cold War was much more than 
a European and North American affair 
structured around Great Power blocs 
and nuclear deterrence. It was a global 
conflict, an ideological clash between 
mutually exclusive visions of modernity 
fought over swaths of the planet that, as 
they emerged from colonization, were 
debating what societies to build out of its 
ashes. All around the Indian Ocean rim, 
the Soviet Union and the United States 
vied for influence with development aid, 
technological assistance, educational and 
scientific exchanges, and counter-insur- 
gency training and arms sales. This Cold 
War was waged on the economic front and 
through cultural diplomacy as much as 
through arms.® 

Decolonization had its own momen- 
tum, however. In 1955, Sukarno of Indone- 
sia invited leaders from twenty-nine Asian, 
Arab, and African nations to Bandung, a 
city that had once epitomized the genteel 
facade of Dutch colonialism. Statesmen 
famous for their contributions to the 
global movement for decolonization were 
there—Nasser from Egypt, Nehru from 
India, Zhou Enlai from China—alongside 
representatives from countries still under 


94 


colonial rule, like the Gold Coast (Ghana) 
(fig. 2). The significance of the event did 
not escape contemporaries. A new world 
was being willed into being at Bandung. 
A world where African, Arab, and Asian 
nations long denied self-determination 
and a voice in international affairs would 
now speak out, freely and collectively.® 

Bandung was only the most publi- 
cized of dozens of initiatives that strove 
to transform the international order in the 
name of anti-imperialism, anti-racism, and 
non-alignment.?° Afro-Asianism was one 
of them, and it energized far more than 
statesmen and freedom fighters. From 
western Africa to Melanesia, from Arabia 
to China, intellectuals, artists, and activ- 
ists for racial and gender equality came 
together under the banner of Afro-Asian- 
ism and formed professional associations, 
organized conferences, and published 
tracts on the issues of the day. Trade 
unionists mobilized across borders; the 
Afro-Asian Writers’ Bureau re-imagined 
world literature, rejecting Eurocentrism; 
lawyers traveled the world to defend 
human rights; the Afro-Asian Journalists’ 
Association pushed for the collaborative 
production of news.!! The geographical 
center of much of this solidarity was the 
Indian Ocean. 

From the late 1960s, decolonization 
and the Cold War conspired to give the 
Indian Ocean a key role in postcolonial 
struggles. The superpowers’ naval pres- 
ence in its waters was growing. Nuclear 
submarines sporting US and Soviet colors 
cruised its underwater highways. Warships 
increasingly visited its ports. Washington 
looked to build bases at choke points like 
the tip of South Africa, and Moscow eyed 
similar installations in the Horn of Africa. 12 

Seeing the ocean that lapped their 
coastlines turn into a Cold War theater 
elicited strong reactions in the nations that 
ringed it. (It also raised the possibility of 
the South African regime, now pursuing 
apartheid, being further propped up by its 
Western allies.) Anglo-American indiffer- 
ence to these concerns was demonstrated 
before Mauritius’s independence in 1968. 


London removed an archipelago north of 
it, the Chagos, from the island-state’s con- 
trol, expelled local inhabitants, and signed 
an agreement with Washington for a major 
base on the Chagos island of Diego Garcia 
(fig. 3). Chunks of the Seychelles were 
thrown in as well. This was a denial of 
postcolonial sovereignty and self-determi- 
nation—one that would enable the US to 
build, with British help, a strong military 
presence right in the heart of the Indian 
Ocean.!° 

The Indian Ocean became a front line 
of Afro-Asian activism. Following Sri Lanka 
(Ceylon’s new name), the group began 
advocating for an Indian Ocean “zone of 
peace.” In 1971-72, Afro-Asian nations 
won an ad hoc UN committee to look into 
the demilitarization of the ocean, part 
of a series of initiatives aimed to safe- 
guard different regions of the world from 
superpower competition and the threat 
of nuclear war. Maritime spaces were at 
the center of these efforts, and for good 
reason. As the cartoon “One Wave Higher 
Than the Last” suggests (fig. 4), the sea 
had long been central to the project of 
European imperialism, perhaps nowhere 
more so than in the British Lake. *4 

Pragmatic considerations lay behind 
the Indian Ocean zone of peace. The 
proposal came at a time of growing turmoil 
among Afro-Asian nations. There were 
rivalries among some of its members, such 
as between India and China, and imbal- 
ances of power between large and small 
countries. Moreover, the group overlapped 
awkwardly with the Non-Aligned Move- 
ment’s ambition to trace a third course 
away from the logic of Cold War blocs. 
Afro-Asian countries were not all partisans 
of non-alignment. Some paid lip service to 
it, others actively rejected it and pursued 
formal alliances with the Soviet or Amer- 
ican camps. Most had idiosyncratic and 
contingent interpretations of it. These 
tensions and contradictions between the 
two major strands of postcolonial solidarity 
magnified in the 1970s and 1980s, fraying 
unity among the countries that formed the 
bulk of the Indian Ocean rim. 


As a consequence, there was no 
agreement on what an Indian Ocean 
peace zone would look like, or indeed why 
it was being demanded. Official support 
often masked deep ambivalences. The 
new Association of Southeast Asian 
Nations (ASEAN) thought that the power 
vacuum that would stem from a zone 
of peace would be more destabilizing 
than a low-level balance of power. India 
hesitated for other reasons. The peace 
zone could re-affirm its leadership of the 
Afro-Asian and non-aligned movements 
and secure its oceanic backyard. Yet Delhi 
also needed a US presence to deter China 
and it did not want to see its expanding 
navy hamstrung by demilitarization. But 
for neighboring countries like Sri Lanka, 
Indian hegemony was no more appealing 
than that of more distant nations.15 

In other words, the Indian Ocean 
zone of peace proposal was attractive 
because it offered a glue of solidarity 
among a group struggling to retain it. It 
died a slow and silent death, swept away 
alongside Soviet-US competition by the 
end of the Cold War in the 1990s. But it 
arguably kept alive some consciousness of 
the Indian Ocean as a space of common 
dreams for the countries surrounding it. 


Who Moves, Who Belongs 


The biggest obstacle to these dreams 
came from internal forces. The borders 
erected in the Indian Ocean had an 
exclusionary logic that, for those on the 
receiving end, could be a devastating form 
of violence. While engagement across 
borders and collective action flourished 
among intellectual elites, on a more plebe- 
ian level it was another story. The 1940s 
to the 1970s saw a breakdown, or at 
least a redirection, of ties that had bound 
together different shores of the ocean. 
Afro-Asian ideals were being undercut by 
one of the key things they were meant to 
forge: strong, assertive postcolonial states. 

In Madagascar (28) and Ma Coeur 2 
(27), Shiraz Bayjoo encases Madagascar 
and La Réunion in heavy gold frames. 
These frames simultaneously imprison 


95 






The Indian 
Ocean after 
1945 


and protect. They enclose the land while 
shielding it from external threats. The 
turquoise encircling the islands echoes 
that of a lagoon, a chunk of sea more 
connected to land than to the open ocean. 
Indeed, decolonization generalized the 
notion that the state should be strong, 
hold exclusive authority over a well-de- 
fined, rooted group of people, and do all 
this within a bounded territory—in short, 
the territorial state. The inside and the out- 
side, the foreign and the domestic, were 


CGAPCTA 


OF ns Oe a 





3. “Hands Off Diego Garcia,” Mahébourg, Mauritius, Aug. 19, 2013 (Kim 
Sanghera/Flickr). 






om SS RS 
Mis, Se as 
. eS a . at 


nuts ASIWWIY Sy, Ny, 
¥ 


nisan NLLYI ohy 


49? 
3 w 


4. Miao Ti, “One Wave Higher Than the Last” (Peking 
Review 9, no. 4 (Jan. 21, 1966)). 


The Indian 
Ocean after 
1945 


meant to be neatly separated, telling Us 
from Them. +6 

This social and political ideal has 
seldom existed, yet it was now to be 
established within the bounds of former 
colonies. For the diverse societies around 
the Indian Ocean, shaped by millennia 
of exchange, interaction, and mixing, 
this proved a challenging and restrictive 





5. Ugandan Asians expelled by Idi Amin Dada arrive at Stansted Airport, Sept. 
18, 1972 (Getty Images). 


model of politics and society. The rise of 
nationalism had already led to restrictions 
on migration in different Indian Ocean 
colonies in the 1930s. With independence, 
borders hardened even further. As colonial 
subjecthood gave way to postcolonial citi- 
zenship, who belonged and who did not— 
and policing this—became a fault line that 
divided the Indian Ocean world. 

Passports were a visible symbol of 
this narrowing. So were the citizenship 
laws that accompanied them. Treaties 
and border checks enshrined the dividing 
lines between and within former empires 
as national borders, further differentiating 
citizens from outsiders. Migration routes 
were curtailed. In contrast to the mass 
circulation of people around the Indian 
Ocean in the late nineteenth and early 
twentieth centuries, the scale of migration 
plummeted. Communities whose sense 
of belonging rested on cross-oceanic ties 
saw the networks that sustained them 
reconfigured and dismantled. People con- 


tinued to move, but now that movement 
largely took place within the borders of a 
nation-state. 

Most of these new states were multi- 
cultural polities, yet the degree to which 
they acknowledged this varied. Even when 
countries imagined themselves pluralisti- 
cally, as in Malaysia, India, or Mauritius, 
postcolonial citizenship was precariously 
perched between a focus on territory (and 
who resided there) and a focus on ethnic- 
ity, race, and civilization. In many places, 
linguistic, ethnic, or religious minorities 
came under pressure. People of Indian 
and Chinese descent faced increasing 
discrimination in many locales. At times 
rejection burst into outright violence, 
for example when dictatorships came 
to power in Burma and Indonesia in the 
1960s (where pogroms echoed earlier 
anti-Indian and anti-Chinese riots) and in 
Uganda under Idi Amin Dada (1971-79, 
fig. 5). In Zanzibar, the merger with 
Tanganyika led to the massacre of Indian 
merchants and the Arab-speaking elite. In 
Sri Lanka, Sinhalese-speakers gradually 
marginalized the Tamil minority.*” 

For some, the tensions between 
citizenship’s ethno-cultural and territo- 
rial logics formed a double-bind. In the 
decades after independence, minority 
groups with a diasporic or transoceanic 
sense of belonging were bracketed out 
of the nation by governments back in the 
“homeland.”!® At the same time, they 
found themselves relegated to the mar- 
gins of their postcolonial homes—their 
aspirations disregarded, their identities 
negated, their agency suppressed. The 
new map of the Indian Ocean, as it were, 
was closing down on them. The tragedy 
of the Rohingya—Muslim inhabitants of 
Burma’s Rakhine state, stripped of their 
rights, murdered, assaulted, and driven 
out of their homes by the army and Bud- 
dhist nationalism—is perhaps the starkest 
example of this.19 

Internal conflicts broke out around the 
Indian Ocean, from civil wars like that in 
Sri Lanka (1983—2009) to all manners of 
independence and autonomy movements. 


96 


Some people chose to leave. East Africa’s 
Indian communities thus dwindled rapidly 
after decolonization. Many went not to 
India (they thought it had rejected them) 
but to English-speaking countries. Their 
decision was based not just on Africaniza- 
tion policies in Kenya or Tanzania but also 
on the fact that, with the end of empire, 
the right of non-white people to settle 

in the United Kingdom would soon be 
restricted.2° 

Between the 1940s and the 1970s, 
the back-and-forth exchanges that had 
woven entire maritime sub-regions into 
being, like the Bay of Bengal, quietly 
disappeared. New regions appeared in 
the political and popular imagination. No 
“Southeast Asia” had existed prior to the 
Second World War. It first appeared on 
the maps of US decision-makers, aided 
by universities, then worked its way into 
the minds of educated publics. These new 
mental maps privileged land over sea and 
stressed the territorial state; the latter had 
the good grace to stop where another one 
started. Cold War imperatives and local 
states’ preoccupations combined to make 
this a comfortable reality for many people, 
but not all. 

Migration flows resumed in the late 
twentieth century, responding to new 
forms of globalization and altered condi- 
tions at home. The decline of agriculture 
and the rise of the service industry are 
now major push-and-pull factors. These 
new migratory waves have distinct con- 
tours. Much is made of the attraction of 
the United States and other Western coun- 
tries for highly skilled, highly educated 
Asian, African, or Arab migrants—includ- 
ing by their home countries. Intra-Indian 
Ocean movement is less feted but just as 
important. All around South and South- 
east Asia, poor and low-skilled migrants 
travel to the oil-rich states of the Gulf to 
work, turning the barren coast into some 
of the most futuristic cities on earth. Often 
performed in dire conditions and without 
secure rights, their labor enables the sur- 
vival of their families at home, and indeed 
of entire regional economies. Yet if the sea 


had, in between host-land and home-land, 
mediated people’s experiences before 
1945, today it is the internet, wire trans- 
fers, and airplanes that do so.?! 


Of Oil and Containers 


The exclusion, surveillance, and 
discrimination that minorities or poor 
migrants have often experienced since 
the 1940s remind us of the violence that 
states can visit upon people. Economic 
transformations have been equally Janus- 
faced. The Indian Ocean’s historical 
role in international trade has not disap- 
peared since 1945; if anything, it is now 
enhanced. Air travel might have spelled 
the end of oceanic voyages as the primary 
mode of passenger transport, but planes 
have not been able to displace the cen- 
tral role of ships in the global economy. 
Ships continue to carry 80—90% of global 
trade (and 60—70% of its value), and their 
importance is particularly great for devel- 
oping economies.?2 

In the process, the shipping indus- 
try has metamorphosed. Gone are most 
tramp ships and small carriers that lined 
the docks of Durban, Bombay, and Jakarta 
in the 1950s. Container ships and bulk 
carriers have taken their place, along with 
chemical tankers and other specialized 
vessels. Some of them are so big as to defy 
imagination. The ULCC-class tankers that 
carry crude oil from the Gulf to Asia and 
Europe measure well over four hundred 
meters in length (fig. 6). 

Yet the fundamental difference is not 
one of size but one of type, and we owe 
this to a very old thing: the box. In the mid- 
1950s, an American entrepreneur started 
to move cargo not in bulk but packed in 
standardized containers, to hasten loading 
and unloading and integrate shipping with 
land-based transport systems. From the 
1960s, containerization spread. Much 
as the steamship before it, containers 
changed the rules of long-distance trans- 
port. Shipping costs, a bane for global 
trade, went down. Supply chains became 
more fluid, increasing efficiency.?° 


There were other innovations. Tank- 
ers were created for oil and coking coal, 
lifebloods of the postwar economy—their 
size increasing along with the trade itself. 
Specialized ships began to move things 
hitherto too dangerous to carry, such 
as chemicals. Ports had to adjust. They 
became increasingly mechanized, stan- 
dardized, specialized, and eventually auto- 
mated (with attendant pressures on dock 
workers). Raw materials lost their domi- 
nant position in global trade, displaced by 
manufactured and semi-manufactured 
goods. This revolution at sea and in the 
ports did not just accompany new and 
explosive forms of globalization. It made it 
possible.?4 

The Indian Ocean’s routes and choke 
points became more important than ever 
(fig. 7). If sailing ships were in thrall to the 
cycles of the monsoon, today’s vessels 
require expertly managed traffic lanes, 
increasing the strategic importance of 
zones where shipping concentrates.”° 
Avoiding accidents and blockages 
depends on technologies that can chart 
a three-dimensional path above the sea 
floor—something Hajra Waheed’s Unti- 
tled (MAP) echoes, with its impression 
of a bumpy ocean floor striated by radar 
soundings (152—55). 

As oil came of age as the world’s 
major source of energy, the Straits of 
Hormuz and the Bab-el-Mandeb filled 
with tankers. In the 1950s, raw materials 
traveled mostly in one direction and much 
of the shipping traffic headed to Europe 
and other Western nations. Toward the last 
decades of the century, surging economic 
growth elsewhere, especially in eastern 
Asia, gradually shifted the epicenter of the 
world economy. Trade among the circle 
of Western industrialized countries (and 
Japan) went from one-half of world trade 
in 1980 to approximately one-third in 
2011.% 

This shift owes something to twen- 
tieth-century struggles to change the 
rules of global transport. For much of the 
century, global shipping remained dom- 
inated by companies headquartered in 


97 


The Indian 
Ocean after 
1945 


the West. Few countries around the Indian 
Ocean had their own merchant fleets. This 
exposed them to the vagaries of shipping 
rates decided in faraway places like Lon- 
don, where cartels set prices, often with 
crippling consequences for the developing 
economies of countries like Sri Lanka 

or Tanzania.?” Ships were increasingly 
registered under the ownership of small 


458 m 


(1509 §) 


399 m 
(1309 fh) 


—_————————————SSSSSS—— 
Conta See 


362m 
(1188 ny 


Vale Brasil 


360 m 


I eS (i281 1) 
PASSENGEN S 


341m 
(119 


6. Sea monsters. Size comparison between five of the longest ships of their 
type (Delphine Ménard/Wikipedia [CC BY-SA 2.0]). 


nations, but “convenience flags” scarcely 
hid where the true centers of power lay. 
Many ports serving national economies 
were underdeveloped, or even in the 
hands of former colonial rulers. 

By the late 1960s, many developing 
countries around and beyond the Indian 
Ocean were campaigning for radical 
change. In the United Nations, the “Group 
of 77” used its numerical strength to 
advocate a New International Economic 
Order.?° On the shipping front, the group 
used the United Nations Conference 
on Trade and Development (popularly 
known as UNCTAD) to force, from the 
early 1970s, the reform and regulation of 
the shipping cartels. Both initiatives were 
eventually undermined.?? The “UNCTAD 
code” for shipping was at least ratified by 


The Indian 
Ocean after 
1945 


Tine Peeters ryamway 


ores Sea 
ae 2); o rae 
<— Timer: 


Inelian — 


ee San lanes of commmurcaton 


O cmesom 


GRE dan Ocenn coset! tes 
Lasdacked ates tied to he Incdten Ouran 





7. Maritime webs. “West-East-West SLOCs Traversing the Indian Ocean” (Denis Venter, “India and Africa: Maritime 
Security and India’s Strategic Interests in the Western Indian Ocean,” in F/uid Networks and Hegemonic Powers in 
the Western Indian Ocean, ed. lain Walker, Manuel Jodo Ramos, and Preben Kaarsholm [Lisbon: Centro de Estudos 


Internacionais, 2017], fig. 3). 


many industrialized nations after 1985, 
and since then several countries, nota- 
bly in Asia, have become major players 
in maritime transport. However, dreams 
of a New International Economic Order 
collapsed in the 1980s under the weight 
of Western pressure and growing diver- 
gences among Afro-Asian economies. 
Here lay perhaps the greatest fissure 
in Afro-Asia or the Third World. Global 
economic restructuring had different 
meanings on different shores of the 
Indian Ocean. Parts of the Asian littoral 
have been great beneficiaries of these 
changes; Africa’s share of the global pie, 
meanwhile, has decreased.*° The interests 
of oil- and gas-producing states starkly 
diverge from those of other countries. 
Economic connections between the east- 
ern and northern Indian Ocean and the 
Pacific are increasing. A tangible sign of 
this reconfiguration is the port of Singa- 
pore. The city-state leveraged its two-cen- 
turies-old position as a global nexus of 
trade to become the world’s biggest port 


in 2004, only to lose it to Shanghai shortly 
thereafter. We still know little about how 
this reconfiguration was fought for politi- 
cally by the countries that once comprised 
the Third World. What seems clear is that 
the Indian Ocean’s ports and lanes were 
part of the struggle to reform the unequal 
distribution of economic power across the 
world. 


Frontiers of Sovereignty, Spaces 
of Extraction 


This struggle was heightened by the 
Indian Ocean’s transformation into a key 
frontier for state-building and resource 
exploitation after 1945. For the last 
century or so, the open sea has become 
the preoccupation of states and non-state 
actors in unprecedented ways. From the 
seashore to the deep sea, from the water 
column to the seabed, from the fish in it to 
the humans crossing it and the oil under- 
neath it, the waters of the Indian Ocean 
have turned into a space to lay claim to, to 
use, to defend, to demarcate. Simply put, 


98 


humankind has never had so much to do 
with the sea. 

Our ability to know the sea, let alone 
its resources, was long limited. Nine- 
teenth-century explorations launched 
the idea of an unclaimed world await- 
ing exploitation and mastery, but they 
skirted the Indian Ocean. A pioneering 
Anglo-Egyptian expedition in the 1930s 
notwithstanding, the ocean’s immensity 
remained beyond human knowledge. The 
region’s exploration truly began after the 
1950s. Technological advances such as 
the refinement of diving and scanning 
equipment and underwater film made 
it possible. People could go deeper and 
stay longer beneath the surface. With the 
International Indian Ocean Expedition of 
1959-65, the age of expeditions began. 
Fourteen countries participated, from the 
United States, France, and Australia to 
rim nations like India. This fostered marine 
science in several Indian Ocean countries, 
from the subcontinent to Indonesia and 
Thailand. The financial and technological 
costs of such exploration nevertheless 
meant that Indian Ocean states generally 
struggled to take the lead.*! 

New technologies generated new 
ideas and possibilities for the extraction 
and exploitation of the ocean’s bounty, 
just as economic growth fueled demand 
for it. The build-up of offshore oil platforms 
began, together with the mining of the 
seabed. Industrialized countries began 
to use new fishing trawlers, bigger and 
increasingly mechanized. Japanese boats, 
which had traveled far and wide across the 
South China Sea, Indonesian waters, and 
the Bay of Bengal in the 1930s and 1940s, 
made their return alongside other major 
fishing nations.°2 

Indian Ocean nations too wished 
to harness the resources of the waters 
around them; they were experiencing 
rapid population growth and an attendant 
pressure to feed people. Increasing global 
demand for fish also meant lucrative 
export markets (fig. 8). Between the 1950s 
and 1970s, a race for fishing grounds took 
place in Southeast Asian waters, Thailand 





8. Spatial expansion of the world’s fisheries, 1950-2005 (Sea around Us, 
http:/Avww.seaaroundus.org/spatial-expansion/). 


leading the way. In India, Gujarat and 
the southern states of Kerala and Tamil 
Nadu spearheaded fisheries development. 
Mechanization and motorization, often 
enabled by both regional and international 
cooperation agreements for investment 
and technological assistance, played a 
role in the expansion of the fishing frontier. 
So did fishermen, who invested in more 
“traditional” boats and gear and formed 
active national as well as transnational 
associations.*° 

Unequal access to maritime resources 
was only one area of tension between 
industrialized countries and the postco- 
lonial nations of the Indian Ocean’s rim. 
Under the mare liberum principle, the 
high seas belonged to no one. They could 
thus be used by anyone, anyone with the 
capacity to do so at least. The ocean’s 
bounty could be exhausted before local 
nations built their own shipping industries. 
Territorial waters were not of much help: 
they only extended to three miles at sea. 





That three-mile zone was 
precisely the limit from which, 
at one time, ships could be 
fired upon from shore. Gun- 
boat diplomacy had been 
deployed by Western powers 
from Madagascar to Guang- 
zhou in colonial times, and it 
was no thing of the past. In 
1971 the US sent an aircraft 
carrier within sight of Calcutta 
to help Pakistan against India 
during Bangladesh’s war of 
independence. The “freedom 
of the seas” and the rest of the 
international maritime order 
largely worked in favor of the 
powerful, whether nations or 
commercial entities. 

Maritime issues took cen- 
ter-stage internationally. From 
1958, UN Conferences on the 
Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) took 
place to forge an international 
maritime order (fig. 9). For 
many Indian Ocean countries, 
this was an occasion to build 
their sovereignty at sea. In general, they 
pushed for the extension of territorial 
waters, for which twelve miles eventually 
became the norm. Indonesia and the Phil- 


‘ Contiguous : 
oe i 
SS 
: Limited + 
» laweertforcement . 
. zon toe Ba 


Coast/Baseline 


Exclusive Economic Zone 


ippines fought a twenty-five-year struggle 
to be recognized as “archipelagic states.” 
Their territorial waters would now extend 
from one end of the archipelago to the 
other, regardless of distance.*4 In 1974, 
Afro-Asian nations introduced a new con- 
cept to assert sovereignty over maritime 
resources off their coast (without extend- 
ing territorial waters, which would hinder 
navigation): the Exclusive Economic Zone 
(EEZ). The “law of the sea” signaled the 
will of states, not least postcolonial ones, 
to control and assert themselves at sea. 
As country after country declared layered 
sets of maritime zones and boundaries 

in the late twentieth century, the Indian 
Ocean became a space of sovereign ambi- 
tions. 

The ocean cannot be controlled in the 
same way as land, however. The flag-mak- 
ing words of Shilpa Gupta’s Untitled (There 
Is No Border Here/No hay frontera aqui) 
(40—41) sing of a sky that refuses to be 
divided and pushes back against human- 
kind’s would-be borders. Those words 
apply with equal force to the sea. Bound- 
ary-making at sea faces constant hurdles. 
In the process, new conflicts emerge. The 
South China Sea and the Gulf of Thailand 
are the objects of fierce inter-state compe- 
tition, affecting bilateral relations. These 


nautical mile (arm) 


To a eaximem of 350 ar from the coast/ 
baseline cr 100 rm beyond the 2.500 mever 
Sobath, whichever is greatest 

' 


The i High Seas 


te 


Sovereignty 


' 
' 
: 
v4 


9. Slicing up the ocean. Maritime zones under UNCLOS (1982) (Charles H. Norchi, “The South China Sea Arbitration,” 
July 28, 2016, https://mainelaw.maine.edu/faculty/south-china-sea-arbitration/maritime-zones/). 


The Indian 
Ocean after 
1945 


The Indian 
Ocean after 
1945 


tensions have an untold human cost. 
Somalis take to “piracy” in order to affirm 
their legitimacy and find a livelihood. Bur- 
mese and Cambodian migrants are sold 
into slavery to work on Thai fishing boats. 
Elsewhere, fishermen straying beyond an 
invisible boundary end up jailed, tortured, 
and deprived of their livelihood—forgot- 
ten victims of the India-Pakistan political 
conflict or Thai-Indonesian resource 
competition.*5 

Yet the primary victim of this phenom- 
enon is the ocean itself. Halfway between 
dead jellyfish and grenade-like mass of 
rubber, plastic, and God-knows-what, 
Nicholas Hlobo’s grotesque Ngumgudu 
nemizano (64—65) is not the stuff of night- 
mare but of reality. The rich fisheries in 
Southeast Asian waters have been almost 
entirely exhausted—their sea cucumbers 
over-harvested, their seahorses stolen to 
furnish overseas aquariums, their sharks 
bled alive to feed the appetite for delica- 
cies in East Asia. The rest of the Indian 
Ocean could soon follow. The transfor- 
mation of the ocean into a resource and 
sovereignty frontier is harming us all. 





In the 2016 installation of Sea Shanty 
in Mauritius (fig. 3, 55), Shiraz Bayjoo uses 
the walls of Port Louis’s Fort Adelaide as 
a canvas on which the life of a corner of 
coast is projected, the sound of waves 
crashing in the background; amidst all this 
plays a song that English mariners once 
used when going about their work. The 
rhythmic rumble of the ocean overpowers 
the sailors’ loud singing. Bayjoo makes 
us feel the pulsating weight of the Indian 
Ocean’s colonial and imperial past, only to 
remind us that the ocean’s “deep struc- 
tures,” as the historian Michael Pearson 
calls them, somehow find a way to reas- 
sert themselves.*° 

Sea Shanty (16-20) also reads as a 
sign of the ocean’s simultaneous presence 
and absence in our lives. The people of the 
Indian Ocean seldom travel by sea any- 
more, regardless of their wealth. Coastal 
societies for whom the ocean was a way 


of life are losing out to mechanized fishing 
or left ashore by depleted fishing grounds. 
Migrants taking to boats to seek refuge or 
simply a better life, like the Rohingya, are 
refused entry. The port city of old is gone. 
The ports are there all right, but seques- 
tered behind barbed wire, highways, and 
checkpoints—cities unto themselves that 
few humans enter, out of sight and out of 
mind. 

In other ways, the twenty-first century 
has an obsession with the ocean. Our 
curiosity about it has not waned since the 
1950s, when The Silent World, an under- 
water documentary shot largely in the 
Indian Ocean and its sister seas, aston- 
ished contemporaries. The Indian Ocean’s 
past as a connector of cultures, goods, 
and people is being recovered not just by 
historians but by private citizens, organi- 
zations, and governments. A ninth-century 
shipwreck of an Arab dhow that sunk while 
carrying all manners of Chinese luxury 
goods is the pride of Singapore’s Marine 
Life Park. In 2010, a replica made the 
same 3,100-mile voyage from Oman. 

This awareness comes with a pow- 
erful undertow of fear for the ocean’s 
survival and thus, for our own. In this way, 
the uncomfortable duet between human 
dreams and the violence they have often 
unleashed since 1945—on each other, 
between neighboring states, and not least 
on the Indian Ocean itself—perhaps finds 
its full expression. Yet as the sea’s push- 
back in Sea Shanty suggests, the ocean’s 
very vitality also offers the possibility of 
hope. 





100 


Bérénice Guyot-Réchard is a historian of South Asia and the 
Indian Ocean and is currently senior lecturer/associate professor 
in contemporary international history at King’s College London. 
Her work focuses on the legacies of decolonization on the world as 
we know it today, particularly in terms of international politics. She 
has written extensively on Sino-Indian relations and on the stra- 
tegic borderlands between India, Tibet, and Burma, most notably 
in Shadow States: India, China and the Himalayas, 1910-1962 
(2016). She is currently working on the geopolitics of the Indian 
Ocean since 1945. 


1 Ashley Jackson, Of Islands, Ports and Sea Lanes: Africa and the 
Indian Ocean in the Second World War (Warwick: Helion, 2018). 


2 Christopher Bayly and Tim Harper, Forgotten Wars: The End of 
Britain’s Asian Empire (London: Allen Lane, 2007); Rana Mitter, 
“Nationalism, Decolonization, Geopolitics and the Asian Post-War,” 
in The Cambridge History of the Second World War: Volume 3, ed. 
Adam Tooze and Michael Geyer (Cambridge: CUP, 2015), 599-621; 
Frederick Cooper, Africa since 1940: The Past of the Present (Cam- 
bridge: CUP, 2002). 


3. David M. Anderson and Daniel Branch, “Introduction,” in “Allies 
at the End of Empire: Loyalists, Nationalists and the Cold War, 
1945-76,” ed. David M. Anderson and Daniel Branch, special issue, 
International History Review 39, no. 1 (2017): 1-13. 


4 Christian Bouchard and William Crumplin, “Two Faces of France: 
‘France of the Indian Ocean’/‘France in the Indian Ocean,’” Journal 
of the Indian Ocean Region 7, no. 2 (2011): 161-82. 


5 Daniel Gorman, “Britain, India, and the United Nations: Colonialism 
and the Development of International Governance, 1945-1960,” 
Journal of Global History 9, no. 3 (Nov. 2014): 471—90; Chris Mad- 
sen, “The Long Goodbye: British Agency in the Creation of Navies for 
India and Pakistan,” Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 
43, no. 3 (2015): 463-88; Christopher Prior, “‘This Community 
Which Nobody Can Define’: Meanings of Commonwealth in the Late 
1940s and 1950s,” Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 
47, no. 3 (2019): 1-23; Poppy Cullen, “Operation Binnacle: British 
Plans for Military Intervention against a 1965 Coup in Kenya,” /nter- 
national History Review 39, no. 5 (2017): 791-809. 


6 Peter John Brobst, The Future of the Great Game: Sir Olaf Caroe, 
India’s Independence, and the Defense of Asia (Akron: University of 
Akron Press, 2005); Ashley Jackson, “The Royal Navy and the Indian 
Ocean Region since 1945,” RUS/ Journal 151, no. 6 (2006): 78-82. 


7 Saki Dockrill, Britain’s Retreat from East of Suez: The Choice between 
Europe and the World? (London: Palgrave, 2002); P. L. Pham, Ending 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


101 


“East of Suez”: The British Decision to Withdraw from Malaysia and The Indian 
Singapore, 1964—1968 (Oxford: OUP, 2010). Ocean after 


Odd Arne Westad, The Global Cold War: Third World Interventions and 1945 
the Making of Our Times (Cambridge: CUP, 2005); Vijay Prashad, 

The Darker Nations: A People’s History of the Third World (New York: 

New Press, 2007). 


Christopher J. Lee, ed., Making a World after Empire: The Bandung 
Moment and Its Political Afterlives (Athens: Ohio UP, 2010); Naoko 
Shimazu, “Diplomacy as Theatre: Staging the Bandung Conference 
of 1955,” Modern Asian Studies 48, no. 1 (Jan. 2014): 225—52. 


“Visualisation,” Afro-Asian Networks: Transitions in the Global 
South, https://afroasiannetworks.com/visualisation; Su Lin Lewis 
and Carolien Stolte, “Introduction,” in “Other Bandungs: Afro-Asian 
Internationalisms in the Early Cold War,” ed. Su Lin Lewis and Caro- 
lien Stolte, special issue, Journal of World History 30, nos. 1—2 (June 
2019): 1-19. 


Afro-Asian Networks Research Collective, “Manifesto: Networks of 
Decolonization in Asia and Africa,” Radical History Review 131 (May 
2018): 176-82; Hong Liu and Taomo Zhou, “Introduction,” in “Band- 
ung Humanism and a New Understanding of the Global South,” ed. 
Hong Liu and Taomo Zhou, special issue, Critical Asian Studies 51, 
no. 2 (2019): 141-43. 


Frank Broeze, “Geostrategy and Navyports in the Indian Ocean since 
c. 1970,” Marine Policy 21, no. 4 (July 1997): 345-62. 


David Vine, Island of Shame: The Secret History of the U.S. Military 
Base on Diego Garcia (Princeton: PUP, 2009). 


Christopher J. Lee, “The Indian Ocean during the Cold War: Thinking 
through a Critical Geography,” History Compass 11, no. 7 (2013): 
524-30. 


Yogesh Joshi, “Whither Non-Alignment? Indian Ocean Zone of Peace 
and New Delhi’s Selective Alignment with Great Powers during the 
Cold War, 1964—1979,” Diplomacy & Statecraft 30, no. 1 (2019): 
26-49. 


Liisa Malkki, “National Geographic: The Rooting of Peoples and the 
Territorialization of National Identity among Scholars and Refugees,” 
Cultural Anthropology 7, no. 1 (Feb. 1992): 24—44; John Agnew, 
“The Territorial Trap: The Geographical Assumptions of International 
Relations Theory,” Review of International Political Economy 1, no. 1 
(Spring 1994): 53-80. 


The Indian 
Ocean after 
1945 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


Sunil S. Amrith, Migration and Diaspora in Modern Asia (Cambridge: 
CUP, 2011); Gijsbert Oonk, Settled Strangers: Asian Business Elites 
in East Africa (1800—2000) (Delhi: Sage, 2013). 


Itty Abraham, How India Became Territorial: Foreign Policy, Diaspora, 
Geopolitics (Stanford: SUP, 2014). 


Michael Charney, “The Misuses of Histories and Historiography by 
the State in Myanmar: The Case of Rakhine and Rohingya” (paper 
presented at International Conference on Protection and Account- 
ability in Burma, Barnard College, Columbia University, Feb. 8—9, 
2019). 


Sana Aiyar, Indians in Kenya: The Politics of Diaspora (Cambridge: 
Harvard UP, 2015). 


Jeremy Prestholdt, “Locating the Indian Ocean: Notes on the Postco- 
lonial Reconstitution of Space,” Journal of Eastern African Studies 9, 
no. 3 (Oct. 2015): 440-67. 


United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), 
50 Years of Review of Maritime Transport, 1968-2018: Reflecting 
on the Past, Exploring the Future (New York: United Nations Publica- 
tions, 2018), 4. 


Marc Levinson, The Box: How the Shipping Container Made the World 
Smaller and the World Economy Bigger (Princeton: PUP, 2008). 


Espen Ekberg, Even Lange, and Andreas Nybg, “Maritime Entrepre- 
neurs and Policy-Makers: A Historical Approach to Contemporary 
Economic Globalization,” Journal of Global History 10, no. 1 (Mar. 
2015): 171-93. 


Kimberley Peters, “Deep Routeing and the Making of ‘Maritime 
Motorways’: Beyond Surficial Geographies of Connection for Govern- 
ing Global Shipping,” Geopolitics (2019): 1-22. 

UNCTAD, Maritime Transport, 8-9. 


Michael B. Miller, Europe and the Maritime World: A Twentieth-Cen- 
tury History (Cambridge: CUP, 2012). 


Nils Gilman, “The New International Economic Order: A Reintroduc- 
tion,” Humanity: An International Journal of Human Rights, Humani- 
tarianism, and Development 6, no. 1 (Spring 2015): 1-16. 

Ekberg, Lange, and Nybg, “Maritime Entrepreneurs.” 


UNCTAD, Maritime Transport, 8-9. 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


102 


Helen M. Rozwadowski, Fathoming the Ocean: The Discovery and 
Exploration of the Deep Sea (Cambridge: Belknap Press of Harvard 
UP, 2008); A. A. Aleem and S. A. Morcos, The John Murray/MABA- 
HISS Expedition versus the International Indian Ocean Expedition in 
Retrospect (Paris: UNESCO Reports in Marine Science, 1985), 31. 


William M. Tsutsui, “The Pelagic Empire: Reconsidering Japanese 
Expansion,” in Japan at Nature’s Edge: The Environmental Context of 
a Global Power, ed. lan Jared Miller, Julia Adeney Thomas, and Brett 
L. Walker (Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 2013), 21-38. 


John G. Butcher, The Closing of the Frontier: A History of the Marine 
Fisheries of Southeast Asia, c. 1850-2000 (Singapore: Institute of 
Southeast Asian Studies, 2004); Subir Sinha, “Transnationality and 
the Indian Fishworkers’ Movement, 1960s—2000,” Journal of Agrar- 
ian Change 12, nos. 2—3 (Apr. and July 2012): 364—89. 


John G. Butcher and R. E. Elson, Sovereignty and the Sea: How Indo- 
nesia Became an Archipelagic State (Singapore: National University 
of Singapore Press, 2017). 


Ted L. McDorman, “International Fishery Relations in the Gulf of 
Thailand,” Contemporary Southeast Asia 12, no. 1 (June 1990): 
40—54; Charu Gupta and Mukul Sharma, “Blurred Borders: Coastal 
Conflicts between India and Pakistan,” Economic and Political Weekly 
39, no. 27 (2004): 3005—15; Kate Hodal and Chris Kelly, “Trafficked 
into Slavery on Thai Trawlers to Catch Food for Prawns,” Guardian, 
June 10, 2014, https://www.theguardian.com/global-development 
/2014/jun/10/-sp-migrant-workers-new-life-enslaved-thai-fishing; 
Jatin Dua, Captured at Sea: Piracy and Protection in the Indian Ocean 
(Berkeley: University of California Press, 2019). 


Michael Pearson, The Indian Ocean (London: Routledge, 2008). 


sg : (b. 1953) lives in Cape Town where she is honorary 

professor at the University of Cape Town. She works in 

painting, installation, and film/video. Key solo exhibitions 

include her survey shows This Is a True Story: Six Films 
(1997-2017), Zeitz Museum of Contemporary Art Africa, Cape Town (2018); Penny Siopis: Films, Erg 
Gallerie, Brussels (2016); Time and Again: A Retrospective Exhibition, South African National Gallery, Cape 
Town and Wits Art Museum, Johannesburg (2014—15); and Three Essays on Shame, Freud Museum, London 
(2005). She has participated in the Prospect New Orleans triennial and the biennials of Gwangju, Havana, 


Johannesburg, Sydney, Taipei, and Venice. 


Credits: © 2018—19 Penny Siopis 
All works appear courtesy of Penny Siopis and Stevenson Cape Town and belong to the artist. 


103 


Penny Siopis 





can you imagine the world 








She Breathes Water, 2019 
digital video, 5:12 (video still) 


104 


Penny Siopis 





without you? 





She Breathes Water, 2019 
digital video, 5:12 (video still) 


105 


Penny Siopis 








A you shoot “sun 
‘-S' 


? 


She Breathes Water, 2019 
digital video, 5:12 (video still) 


106 


* she breathes water 


oo 





She Breathes Water, 2019 
digital video, 5:12 (video still) 


107 


Penny Siopis 


Penny Siopis 


your history with.me 





She Breathes Water, 2019 
digital video, 5:12 (video still) 


108 


Penny Siopis 








She Breathes Water, 2019 
digital video, 5:12 (video still) 


109 


Penny Siopis 








Warm Waters [3], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 9.1 x 11.8 in. 


110 


Penny Siopis 


oes ‘ . 
ag ae _ pipe. — | _ 





Warm Waters [5], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 12.2 x 8.7 in. 


111 


ey ins Siopis 3 
ace — 





Warm Waters [7], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 11.6 x 8.3 in. 


112 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [8], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 13.2 x 9.3 in. 


113 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [9], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 11.6 x 8.3 in. 


114 


Penny Siopis 


Warm Waters [11], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 11.6 x 8.3 in. 


115 


Penny Siopis : 





Warm Waters [17], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 11.8 x 8.9 in. 


116 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [18], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 9.4 x 12 in. 


117 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [20], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 8.9 x 11.8 in. 


118 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [24], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 11.6 x 8.5 in. 


119 


Penny Siopis 


canto 





—_— - 
oie > 
= ae af 


Warm Waters [27], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 9.1 x 11.8 in. 


120 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [28], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 9.1 x 11.8 in. 


121 


Penny Siopis 








Warm Waters [29], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 8.3 x 11.4 in. 


122 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [30], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 11.8 x 8.9 in. 


123 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [35], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 7.2 x 10.8 in. 


124 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [36], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 16.3 x 11.6 in. 


125 


Penny Siopis 





a 


= oe 


Warm Waters [39], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 15.6 x 11.8 in. 


126 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [40], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 15.6 x 15.9 in. 


127 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [43], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 11.6 x 16.5 in. 


128 


TS) 155 





Warm Waters [46], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 9.4 x 12 in. 


129 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [47], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 10.2 x 8.1 in. 


130 


Penny Siopis 








Warm Waters [51], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 10.2 x 15.6 in. 


131 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [52], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 8.7 x 11.6 in. 


132 





TS) 155 








Warm Waters [56], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 12 x 8.9 in. 


133 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [57], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 17.9 x 11 in. 


134 





Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [59], 2018-19 
and oil on paper, 


ink, 


11.6 x 8.9 in. 


glue, 


135 





Penny Siopis 


19 


2018- 


Warm Waters [71] 


ink, and oil on paper, 11.6 x9 in. 


glue, 


136 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [73], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 14.8 x 14.8 in. 


137 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [77], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 11.6 x 8.9 in. 


138 


Penny Siopis 





Warm Waters [81], 2018-19 
glue, ink, and oil on paper, 10.8 x 8.9 in. 


139 


Climate Change and the Future of 


the Indian Ocean 


Sunil Amrith 


The work of the six artists featured in Indian Ocean Current is driven by a vital and 
creative engagement with an ocean that has a long history as a crucible of empires—and 
which, today, is at the sharp edge of global warming. The ocean is again at the heart of 
strategic competition and political consciousness, not least because it is the world’s 
major conduit feeding our collective addiction to supplies of petroleum. 

The works presented here imagine three broad moments in the life of the Indian 
Ocean, and chart connections between them previously unseen. The first is a longue 
durée of commerce and cultural exchange, cannibalized and reoriented by European 
domination after the eighteenth century. Colonial rule allowed a restless industrial 
capitalism to reshape the Indian Ocean rim. In the nineteenth century, this maritime 
region reached its zenith of integration: a violent, painful integration that forced people 
together, but also unleashed an unruly, and sometimes insurgent, process of cultural 
mixture that still characterizes the Indian Ocean world. The traces of the hybrid cultures 
shaped by this history are everywhere in Shiraz Bayjoo’s series of photographs, Extraor- 
dinary Quarantines (21-24), rooted in the landscape of his native Mauritius. 

The second historical conjuncture captured in these works is the mid-twentieth-cen- 
tury moment of border-making, which tempered the liberatory possibilities of decolo- 
nization with a new sense of enclosure. The starkness of Shilpa Gupta’s Speaking Wall 
(42—45) speaks of the violence done by borders that divided insiders from outsiders, 
majorities from minorities. 

Finally, in a third and ongoing moment, we confront a present and future of forebod- 
ing, as the rising waters of the Indian Ocean menace those who inhabit its coastal arc. 
The specter of climate change hangs over /ndian Ocean Current, lending these works 
their urgency and moral force. 

What is the relationship between these three moments? As Amitav Ghosh reminds 
us in The Great Derangement, the origins of global warming are linked inextricably with 
the history not only of capitalism, but of imperialism. The elevation of private profit over 
public good, of environmental destruction over preservation, was integral to European 
imperialism in the Indian Ocean, notwithstanding its occasional communitarian urges 
and the stirrings of early environmentalism. Despite a few dissenting voices, postco- 
lonial states learned these lessons well, and tried to apply them better. Has the Indian 
Ocean’s centrality to imperial competition left legacies that inhibit new forms of cooper- 
ation in the face of environmental crisis? How have the inequalities of the age of empire 
imprinted themselves on contemporary Indian Ocean societies, shaping the uneven 


141 


levels of vulnerability to rising waters, 
across and within nations? Perhaps the 
most challenging question posed by these 
works is this: How might the cultural 
intimacies forged by centuries of contact 
across the waters allow us to imagine new 
sorts of solidarity, now, when the waters 
are rising? 





The Indian Ocean was no tabula rasa 
for European chartered companies to 
reshape in their own image. Long before 
the arrival of Europeans, merchants from 
Kachchh moved money and traded in 
cloth and cloves along the coast of East 
Africa and in Zanzibar; Tamil Muslims 
established themselves in Kedah and in 
port cities across Southeast Asia; Chinese 
ships visited every port on the ocean’s rim. 
The economic vitality of this world is what 
attracted the Europeans in the first place 
(fig. 1). 

The Portuguese entry into the Indian 
Ocean was made possible by lethal can- 
nons made of sturdier metal. They sailed 
on ships furnished with effective naviga- 
tional aids. Their advance was sustained 
by Christian fervor and greed for Asia’s 
fabled wealth. Brutal, Portuguese power 
was concentrated at strategic coastal 
fortresses. Fragile, it never reached far 
inland. Violence was not unknown in the 
Indian Ocean before the arrival of Euro- 


Climate * 


Change and 
the Future 
of the Indian 


Ocean 


1. Chintz fragment from the Coromandel Coast, made 
for the European market, c. 1720—40 (Victoria & Albert 
Museum, London, 1584-1899). 


peans; what was new were the claims of 
exclusive sovereignty that European char- 
tered companies, backed by states and 
navies, asserted over land and sea. As the 
Dutch and English East India Companies 
rose to challenge Portuguese supremacy 
in the seventeenth century, the maritime 
highway between India and China became 
a corridor of conflict. For every claimant 
to power and wealth in the Indian Ocean, 
well into the age of steam power, the 
knowledge of climate was vital. 

The word “monsoon” appeared in 
English first in the late sixteenth century, 
derived from the Portuguese mon¢do. 

It comes from the Arabic mawsim (for 
“season”). In its simplest definition, it is 

a weather system of regularly reversing 
winds, characterized by pronounced wet 
and dry seasons. The monsoon allowed 
the Indian Ocean to be traversed from the 
earliest times. 

European navigators relied on local 
nautical knowledge. Among the first to 















+ 








“or eer Ee 


2. A. 1728 map of the Indian Ocean and the China Sea by Ibrahim Miiteferrika for Katip Celebi’s Universal Geography 


(Cambridge University Library). 


record this nautical wisdom was the Arab 
navigator Ahmad Ibn Majid in the late 
fifteenth century. For Ibn Majid, the “mon- 
soon” (mawsim) was above all a specific 
date for sailing from a port. His treatise 
shows how regular and predictable the 
sailing schedules were for each of the 
Indian Ocean’s seas. In his discussion of 
the westward journey from Southeast Asia 
back to eastern India, he cautions mar- 
iners to take advantage of the favorable 
winds of the northeast monsoon, advising 
them not to set out too late in the season 
while reminding them that the northeast 
monsoon did not usually arrive in Suma- 
tra before the beginning of January. The 
timing had to be just right. He warned of 
the unreliability of the winds when the 
monsoons changed over in March and 
April, and the threat of fearsome storms in 
October and November. 

Ibn Majid’s work was a faithful com- 
panion to sailors for hundreds of years 
and publications such as Katip Celebi’s 


142 


Universal Geography likewise contributed 
to spreading geographic knowledge of the 
Indian Ocean in the Arabic-speaking world 
(fig. 2). Yet, as Europeans’ ambitions in the 
region grew, they were no longer satisfied 
with the state of navigational knowledge. 
In the words of K. N. Chaudhuri, “the 
greatest achievement of Spanish and 
Portuguese hydrographers was to bring 
together the work of theoretical mathe- 
maticians and combine these with the 
practical experience of seamen.” By the 
seventeenth century, English and Dutch 
navigational charts surpassed those of the 
Portuguese; the captains of East Indiamen 
were “carefully trained to follow gener- 
alized methods on their voyages to the 
Indian Ocean.”? The introduction of seago- 
ing chronometers improved the accuracy 
with which sailors could measure time. 

By the middle of the nineteenth 
century, English sailors began to collect 
systematic observations of the fearsome 
storms of the Indian Ocean, of interest 


to meteorologists and navigators alike. 
Understanding of Indian Ocean storms 
owed much to the work of a retired ship’s 
captain and president of the Marine 
Courts of Calcutta, Henry Piddington 
(1797-1858). Piddington’s interest in the 
characteristic storms of the Indian Ocean 
was deeply practical; he dedicated his 
work to “mariners of all classes in all parts 
of the world.” In his catalogue of different 
types of storms, Piddington proposed a 
new word, “cyclone,” to describe those 
driven by “circular or highly curved winds.” 
He derived his term “from the Greek kuk- 
loma (which signifies amongst other things 
the coil of a snake).” The new science of 
cyclones demanded attention from sailors, 
he wrote, “for it is...a question of life and 
death, of safety or ruin.” He described 
a “storm wave,” of the kind that struck 
Bengal with ferocity in 1864, as a “mass of 
water...driven bodily along with the storm 
or before it”; crashing upon bays and estu- 
aries, they caused “dreadful inundations.” 
Piddington published in the Asiatic Soci- 
ety’s journal a series of ships’ logs, from 
which he derived his work on the forces 
driving the Bay of Bengal’s cyclones. 

The 1864 cyclone in Bengal was so 
devastating as to spur the development 
of a permanent meteorological service in 
India. The science of meteorology pre- 
sented a new way of imagining the Indian 
Ocean across borders. The expansion 
of telegraphic communication allowed 
for a new sense of scale to emerge; a 
new way of envisaging weather in time 
and space. From the collaboration of 
meteorologists across imperial borders 
emerged an oceanic Asia of storm tracks 
that traversed sea and land: a coastal rim 
from the Philippines in the east to India in 
the west, which shared risks to an extent 
previously unimagined. The networks of 
storm warnings along the coastal crescent 
from India to China mirrored Asia’s mari- 
time geography. The names of the stations 
that broadcast telegraph reports were the 
names of the great ports; the tracks of the 
tropical cyclones they monitored were the 
tracks of busy shipping lanes. 


But as the British colonial government 
intensified its interventions into agrarian 
India, research on the longer-term regu- 
larities of India’s climate, as opposed to 
episodic weather, pointed in a different 
direction. India’s climatology emphasized 
the distinctiveness, even isolation, of the 
“subcontinent”—that phrase itself came 
into common use in the early twentieth 
century. Henry Blanford, first director of 
the Indian Meteorological Department, 
observed that the monsoon system ren- 
dered India “a secluded and independent 
area of atmospheric action.”> Ideas about 
climate coincided with new understand- 
ings of both geology and geopolitics. As 
sail gave way to steam and as the demands 
of industrial capitalism grew more forceful, 
the intimate relationship between seafar- 
ing and meteorology frayed. 

Even before the nineteenth century, 
the scale of human impact on the forests 
of the Indian Ocean’s rim attracted the 
attention of European naturalists and 
botanists. As Richard Grove has shown 
in his seminal work, they were especially 
concerned with the fate of “island Edens,” 
like Mauritius. The desiccationists, as they 
were known, believed that deforestation 
was a cause of drought. This view gained 
prominence through the work of Alexander 
von Humboldt, who wrote in 1819 that 
“by the felling of trees that cover the tops 
and the sides of mountains, men in every 
climate prepare at once two calamities 
for future generations; the want of fuel 
and a scarcity of water.”® Grove sees in 
the writings of European naturalists in the 
Indian Ocean the early stirrings of con- 
servationism—yet it would be hard to see 
their interventions as decisive. 

In the nineteenth century, the trans- 
formation of the lands around the Indian 
Ocean accelerated. Precaution was cast 
aside. The demands of British factories 
precipitated a rush for the commodities of 
the Indian Ocean’s frontiers—sugar and 
tea, rubber and tin, timber and cotton. 
Massive migration followed. In the 1830s, 
as political pressure mounted at home for 
slavery’s abolition in the British Empire, 


143 


sugar planters looked to India and China Climate 


for unfree labor. The demands of sugar Change and 
underpinned the nineteenth century’s 
worldwide shift from enslaved African to the Future 
indentured Asian labor. In all, around 1.5 — of the Indian 
million indentured workers moved from : 

cean 


India to destinations across the Indian and 
Atlantic Oceans—Mauritius, Natal, Trini- 
dad, and Fiji were among their main des- 
tinations. Alongside indentured laborers, 
tens of thousands of convicted prisoners 
from India were transported from India 

to Bencoolen, the Straits Settlements, 
and the Andaman Islands. They built 
roads, cleared forests, erected buildings, 
cultivated gardens, cleaned cities. The 
empire’s violent appetite for labor dis- 
tinguished the mobility of the nineteenth 
century from earlier times. The scars of 
that violence, and memories of the Indian 
Ocean’s distinctive experience of unfree 
labor, run through the work of Shiraz Bay- 
joo (16—24) and Wangechi Mutu (86-91). 
Bayjoo’s moving video installation, Sea 
Shanty, evokes the journeys of the inden- 
tured laborers, the song a testimony to 
their suffering and resilience. 





In the Indian Ocean's history, changes 
in the sea came long after the lands 
around its edge had been transformed by 
migrant labor. “With an ever-accelerating 
tide of human impact,” a leading marine 
biologist writes, “the oceans have changed 
more in the last thirty years than in all of 
human history before.”” The relative ease 
of crossing the Indian Ocean’s water cre- 
ated bonds of culture and commerce over 
centuries. Under colonial rule, the force 
of capital transformed the landscapes of 
the Indian Ocean’s littoral. Through all of 
these changes, “the oceans themselves 
seemed changeless,” and “contrasted 
with the world above water, where land- 
scapes underwent dramatic alterations.” 
This contrast holds no more.® Starting 
around the 1950s, and with accelerating 
effects since the 1970s, a concatenation 
of changes began to affect the seas—a 
rapid expansion in the human population; 


Climate 
Change and 
the Future 
of the Indian 


Ocean 





increased settlement in large coastal cit- 
ies; an expansion of the “fishing frontier,” 
propelled by deep-sea trawling; rapid, if 
uneven, industrialization in the parts of the 
world once under European colonial rule; 
agricultural intensification, buoyed by 
massive pesticide use; and an insatiable 
appetite for fossil fuels. 

The forces that now choke the life 
from the Indian Ocean began as unin- 
tended, initially unseen, consequences of 
the political choices that states and peo- 
ples made as a new world arose from the 
ruins of war and the remnants of empires. 
The policies that sought to extend territory 
into the ocean—projects to increase food 
security, schemes of industrialization to 
provide employment—represented an 
advance in human freedom around the 
Indian Ocean. They emerged in reaction to 
an imperial world where lives were cheap: 
where labor was uprooted for the profit of 
European planters, where migrant workers 
were denied their humanity, where colo- 
nial policies left millions to starve. When 
the Indian Ocean began to be walled off, in 
the 1930s and 1940s, it was at least partly 
in order to secure a different—and, many 
felt, a more substantive—freedom: the 
political rights of citizens of free nations, 


and the rights to livelihood that these 

new nations would provide. From the 
mid-twentieth century, the Indian Ocean’s 
political and economic fragmentation 

had important ecological consequences, 
some of which are only clear in retro- 
spect. As the avenues of emigration and 
interregional trade were closed off by new 
national borders, the growing populations 
of the region could only be sustained by a 
massive intensification of domestic agri- 
cultural production. As they turned away 
from oceanic commerce, coastal cities 
grew rapidly: port cities turned inland, and 
became industrial centers. The treatment 
of the ocean as an extension of national 
territory facilitated its over-exploitation as 
a resource. 

In a world newly divided between the 
superpowers, in which newly independent 
countries asserted their rights to develop 
their resources, the Indian Ocean became 
both a source and a conduit for that most 
vital of modern substances. During the 
Second World War, Bengali astrophysi- 
cist and left-leaning nationalist Meghnad 
Saha saw how important oil would be to 
the future; he urged soon-to-be indepen- 
dent countries like India not to cede their 
oil resources to the ever more powerful 
conglomerates. Two decades 
later, Auguste Toussaint, 
chief archivist of Mauritius 
and a noted local historian, 
wrote a synthetic history of 
the Indian Ocean in 1961 
(translated into English in 
1966); he saw the age of 
petroleum as inaugurating 
a new phase in the ocean’s 
history. “After the steamship 
and electricity came oil,” he 
wrote; “the three formed a 
triad which has dominated 
all oceanic history until 
today.” Toussaint compared 
these technologies to “those 
deities with several arms 
which are found in Hindu 


ee ee 


terrifying Shiva, frenetically dancing ina 
circle of fire, principle at once of creation 
and destruction, yet more often engaged 
in destroying than creating.”® The works in 
Indian Ocean Current show that Toussaint 
was prescient. 





By the 1960s the Indian Ocean was 
largely invisible to states in South Asia, 
which looked no further than the waters 
immediately off their coasts. Migrants had 
once traversed the sea with few restric- 
tions, in a pattern of circular migration. 
Now they faced an obstacle-strewn space 
governed by passports and visa restric- 
tions. Trading connections across the 
Indian Ocean reached their lowest ebb. 

But despite its long centrality to the 
ambitions of empire builders, to many 
scientists the Indian Ocean remained 
“the largest unknown area on earth.” Paul 
Tchernia, who worked in the physical 
oceanography laboratory of the Muséum 
national d’histoire naturelle in Paris, 
described it as the “forlorn ocean.” Return- 
ing from a voyage through the Indian 
Ocean en route to and from the Antarctic, 
he suggested that an international inves- 
tigation of the Indian Ocean should be 
incorporated into the activities of the UN’s 
International Geophysical Year in 1957— 
58: a massive exercise in coordinated data 
gathering that transformed knowledge 
of Earth’s physical processes. Tchernia’s 
suggestion came too late to include the 
Indian Ocean in that giant program, but 
there was a convergence of interest in 
investigating the least well-studied among 
the world’s oceans. The International 
Indian Ocean Expedition ran from 1959 to 
1965, involving forty ships from thirteen 
countries (fig. 3).1° 

Oceanographers were drawn to the 
Indian Ocean for the same reason that 
medieval traders could cross it—the sea- 
sonal reversal of the monsoon winds. This 
pattern of reversing winds made the Indian 
Ocean unique; “a model of the world 


ocean,” upon which scientists could test 
their “wind-driven models.”!+ Many scien- 


temples.” Among them, “oil 
might appear as a kind of 


144 


3. Cruise tracks of vessels on the International Indian Ocean Expedition (ESSO-Indian National 
Centre for Ocean Information Services, https://incois.gov.in/portal/iioe/aboutus.jsp). 


tists who lived on the ocean’s rim, espe- 
cially those in government service, had 
more immediate interests. The ocean’s 
fisheries held the potential to address 
concerns about food shortage in Asia and 
Africa; its mineral wealth had barely begun 
to be exploited. Unlocking the mechanism 
of the ocean’s influence on climate could 
provide the key to food security and eco- 
nomic development. !4 

The Expedition’s research aims 
encompassed the study of ocean currents 
and littoral drift; an investigation of ocean 
chemistry, salinity, and temperature; 
the exploration of marine life, especially 
fisheries; and the study of atmospheric 
conditions, including wind and rainfall. 
Much of the excitement came from the 
new technologies that allowed scientists 
to see the sea afresh. Sonar let scientists 
hear enough to map the Indian Ocean’s 
seafloor with heightened accuracy—their 
images evoked an underwater continent 
as varied in its topography as the land 
above. Advances in satellite technology 
provided synoptic pictures of cloud cover 
and precipitation. Computers allowed 
scientists to process quantities of data 
beyond all precedent: Klaus Wyrtki of the 
University of Hawaii oversaw the produc- 
tion of an oceanographic atlas, which 
processed data from twelve thousand 
hydrographic stations stored on two hun- 
dred thousand computer cards. 3 

Among all of the Indian Ocean Expe- 
dition’s endeavors, one observer wrote, 
“none shows more contrast between past 
and present than meteorology.”!4 The 
Expedition marked the most intensive 
investigation of the South Asian mon- 
soon since the work of Sir Gilbert Walker 
in the 1910s and 1920s, now with a raft 
of new tools. Fascinating though it was 
to glimpse the ocean’s floor, for many 
scientists the most urgent priority for the 
Indian Ocean Expedition was to provide 
a better picture of Asia’s climate. Almost 
a century after the establishment of 
the Indian Meteorological Department, 
scientists wrote in 1962 that “inadequate 
knowledge of the large-scale influences on 


weather have always hampered weather 
forecasting.” The need to understand the 
monsoon “has become even greater and 
more urgent,” they argued, “in view of the 
large-scale development plans of many 
of the countries in the field of agriculture, 
exploitation of water resources, flood 
control programmes, and programmes for 
ameliorating the consequences of weather 
extremes.” Economic planning demanded 
“accurate advance information on the 
onset of the rains, its variations from day- 
to-day” and “the occurrence of spells of 
heavy rain and breaks.”+5 

In his 1927 presidential address to 
the Royal Meteorological Society, Gilbert 
Walker had speculated that “variations 
in activity of the general oceanic circu- 
lation” would likely be “far reaching and 
important” in understanding the world’s 
climate.+¢ It was not until the 1960s, 
bolstered by data collected during the 
International Geophysical Year and the 
Indian Ocean Expedition, that his insight 
would be developed. Walker’s pioneering 
work on the lateral connection between 
the climates of the Indian Ocean and the 
Pacific—what he had called the South- 
ern Oscillation—now acquired a vertical 
dimension. The Indian Ocean Expedition 
focused on understanding the exchange of 
energy between the ocean and the atmo- 
sphere, driven by monsoon winds. Piece 
by piece, scientists sought to understand 
the large-scale monsoon circulation of the 
Indian Ocean. The reversal in the direc- 
tion of the monsoon winds had been well 
known for centuries, but it was more diffi- 
cult, one scientist wrote, to “determine the 
vertical limits—than the horizontal—of the 
monsoon influence.” Changes on Earth’s 
surface were linked with changes in the 
deep sea, and in the upper atmosphere. ?” 

More ominous signs emerged from 
the Indian Ocean Expedition. Two years 
before it began, one of its leaders, Scripps 
oceanographer Roger Revelle had writ- 
ten with his colleague, geochemist Hans 
Suess, that human beings were conduct- 
ing, unwittingly, a “large scale geophysical 
experiment” with the world’s climate. 


145 


“Within a few centuries,” Revelle and Climate 


Suess wrote, “we are returning to the Change and 
atmosphere and oceans the concentrated 
organic carbon stored in sedimentary the Future 
rocks over hundreds of millions of years.”"® ofthe Indian 
One of Revelle’s students, Charles Keel- ‘ 

cean 


ing, was the first to start systematic 
measurements of atmospheric carbon 
the following year, at Mauna Loa, in 1958. 
Revelle and colleagues had long-range 
goals for their study of the Indian Ocean: 
they wanted to see how far the Indian 
Ocean was being treated as a “dump for 
the waste products of industrial civili- 
zation.” And they sought to determine 
“the role of the ocean in climatic change, 
especially in absorbing the carbon dioxide 
spewed into the atmosphere when fossil 
fuels are burned.”?9 

We have forgotten how important 
the Indian Ocean was to documenting 
anthropogenic climate change, prompting 
early stirrings of alarm. The data to come 
out of the Indian Ocean voyages sug- 
gested that the sea and the atmosphere 
were being affected by human activity 
on land. But these “long-range” prob- 
lems were then distant from the level of 
human experience. The time horizons of 
oceanic research were incommensurable 
with those of planning for food security. 
Because the long-range monsoon forecast 
remained elusive, because understand- 
ings of climate grew more complex, it was 
easier to focus on what could be contained 
and controlled—one river valley at a time. 





Already the warmest of the world’s 
oceans, there has been a steady and 
continuous warming of the “warm poo 
in the central-eastern Indian Ocean over 
the past half century. These changes were 
only beginning at the time of the Indian 
Ocean Expedition of the 1960s; but the 
international cooperation of that era laid 
the foundations for the infrastructure of 
data collection and oceanographic study 
that has made clear the Indian Ocean’s 
plight. Recent studies have suggested an 
even sharper warming trend in the nor- 


|" 


Climate 
Change and 
the Future 
of the Indian 


Ocean 


mally cooler western Indian Ocean, which 
has implications for the thermal contrasts 
that drive monsoon circulation.2° From 
the time of Gilbert Walker’s research in 
the early twentieth century, it has been 
recognized that the Indian Ocean affects 
climate dynamics across the tropics; it is 
becoming increasingly clear that a warm- 
ing Indian Ocean has planetary effects. 

The UN’s Fifth Assessment Report of 
the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate 
Change estimates that 90% of the heat 
generated by global warming has been 
accumulated in the oceans. The El Nifio 
Southern Oscillation serves as “a vent to 
exchange this heat from the ocean to the 
atmosphere”; this is then “partially trans- 
ferred to the Indian Ocean through a modi- 
fied Walker Circulation, and is reflected in 
the warming trend over the region.”2! One 
of the mechanisms of Indian Ocean warm- 
ing has been the unexpectedly large trans- 
fer of heat from the Pacific Ocean—long 
thought to play the most significant role in 
the absorption of atmospheric heat—via 
the thoroughfare of the Indonesian seas: 
the very same seas crossed by merchants 
and traders for centuries, at the hinge of 
the Indo-Pacific world.22 





4. A dust storm (“brown cloud”) caused hazardous air pollution conditions in New Delhi, prior to 
monsoon season, June 14, 2018 (NASA-Earth Observatory, https://earthobservatory.nasa.gov 
/images/92309/hazardous-pre-monsoon-dust-pollution). 


The transformation of the Indian 
Ocean over the past few decades is not a 
story of warming alone. In 1995, the crew 
of a small research vessel noticed, as they 
crossed the inter-tropical convergence 
zone around the equator, a sharp increase 
in atmospheric pollutants over the north- 
ern compared with the southern Indian 
Ocean. The next year, following up these 
findings, the Sagar Kanya, a research 
vessel operated by India’s National Centre 
for Antarctic and Ocean Research (now 
the National Centre for Polar and Ocean 
Research), observed a sharp rise in aero- 
sol depths north of the equator. A satellite 
study followed, and revealed the now infa- 
mous atmospheric “brown cloud” covering 
most of the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian 
Sea. These findings prompted oceanogra- 
phers and atmospheric chemists to initiate 
the Indian Ocean Experiment, which ran 
between January and March 1999. It 
involved over two hundred scientists from 
India, Europe, and the United States; “with 
five aircraft, two ships, an observatory in 
the Maldives, surface stations in India and 
several satellites.”?? 

V. Ramanathan, the Scripps Institute 
oceanographer in charge of the project, 
noted that “the equatorial Indian Ocean 
is a unique natural labora- 
tory for studying the impact 
of anthropogenic aerosols 
on climate, because pol- 
lutants from the Northern 
Hemisphere are directly 
connected to the pristine air 
from the Southern Hemi- 
sphere by a cross equatorial 
monsoonal flow into the 
inter-tropical convergence 
zone.”*4 The haze, the Experi- 
ment showed, was composed 
of “sulphate, nitrate, organ- 
ics, black carbon, dust and 
fly ash particles and natural 
aerosols such as sea Salt and 
mineral dust”;2> three-quar- 
ters of the composition of the 
brown cloud were anthropo- 
genic. The study found that 


146 


the aerosol plume reaches its maximum 
extent and strength in the dry months of 
February and March, spreading over most 
of Nepal, Pakistan, India, the Bay of Ben- 
gal, the Arabian Sea, and into the southern 
Indian Ocean. 

It is commonplace in oceanic history 
that the sea has shaped the history of 
the littoral: the patterns of the monsoon 
winds opened up trade routes and storm 
surges and cyclones sweeping in from the 
sea have posed a recurrent and peren- 
nial threat to life on land. Environmental 
concerns from the 1960s focused on the 
polluting effects of industry on the beach 
and the coastal seas. But the Experiment 
suggested that, for the first time, some- 
thing quite new was happening: human 
activity on land, including far inland, was 
now impacting the atmospheric chemistry 
of the Indian Ocean. By affecting tempera- 
ture contrasts between the northern and 
southern Indian Ocean, the “brown cloud” 
was changing the sea itself. This suggests 
a different relationship between the land 
and the sea from the one oceanic histori- 
ans are used to working with. Even more 
fundamentally, scientists suggest that this 
“atmospheric brown cloud” is not just a 
source of pollution, as we conventionally 
understand it; it may be responsible for 
changes in the pattern of rainfall over 
South Asia (fig. 4). That is to say, it might 
be responsible for changing the monsoon 
itself: the monsoon that K. N. Chaudhuri, 
in a Braudelian vein, had once described 
as a “history of constant repetition, 
ever-recurring cycles.”26 

An overwhelming proportion of the 
pollutants that spill into the Indian Ocean 
every year come from the land. They 
flow out with the great rivers that empty 
into the Indian Ocean—the Ganges, the 
Brahmaputra, the Meghna, the Godavari, 
the Kaveri, the Krishna, the Indus. They 
trickle in as refuse from the large coastal 
cities that ring the sea’s littoral, places 
that were the departure points for millions 
of journeys in the age of sail and steam, 
now swollen with people and riven with the 
new inequalities of globalization. Because 


of the size and number of the rivers that 
feed into it, and the density of population 
around its rim, “the total amounts of nutri- 
ents reaching the Bay of Bengal...must be 
close to the highest in the world.”2” Every 
day, the Bay receives a noxious cocktail 

of “organic matter, nutrients, metabolised 
drugs, medical wastes, cytotoxic, antibi- 
otic and hormone-mimicking materials, 
bacteria, viruses and worms, chemicals 
such as detergents and a significant 
quantity of sediments.”° Floods and storm 
surges dislodge pollutants and carry them 
over long distances. A plague of plastic 
floats out to sea. 

The rivers themselves are in “dire” 
health; around 80% of the world’s popu- 
lation lives in areas where human water 
security and biodiversity of river systems 
is under cumulative threat.2° The excess 
of nutrients that flows through the riv- 
ers—most damaging is the nitrogen from 
agricultural fertilizer run-off—creates 
“dead zones” starved of oxygen.°*° Writing 
from the southeastern edge of the Bay of 
Bengal in the early nineteenth century, 
British naturalist John Crawfurd declared 
that “no part of the world abounds in more 
fine fish.”3! Two centuries later, the fish are 
disappearing. 

The Indian Ocean’s coastline is 
shifting. Deforestation and aquaculture 
encroach on the mangrove swamps that 
provide coastal zones with their best natu- 
ral flood defenses (fig. 5). And aquaculture 
expands as deep-sea fishing provides 
diminishing returns. “Mangroves,” Rachel 
Carson wrote, “are among the far migrants 
of the plant kingdom, forever sending their 
young stages off to establish pioneer colo- 
nies.” Since her lyrical account, penned in 
1955, her beloved mangroves have almost 
everywhere been pushed back, their 
“colonies” disbanded. Mangroves excelled 
in “creating land where once there was 
sea.”*? As they give way to industrial (and 
often state-subsidized) shrimp farms, the 
land recedes with the loss of the “complex 
matrix of roots and stems” that “traps and 
binds sediment and stabilizes the coast.”*° 


The coasts are destabilized (fig. 6): 
so much so that many of the world’s river 
deltas are sinking. According to studies 
conducted in the first decade of this cen- 
tury, the great deltas—which host some 
of the largest population concentrations 
on Earth—are sinking at up to four times 
the rate that sea levels are rising. In the 
past decade, over ten million people each 
year have experienced severe flooding 
due to storm surges alone: most of them 
live along Asia’s coastal littorals. As a 
result of human intervention, much less 
sediment reaches the river deltas than 
would naturally—sediment that is essen- 
tial for the deltas to sustain and replenish 
themselves. The “predominant” role is 
played by projects of hydraulic engineer- 
ing, epitomized by large dams, which 
proliferated in the second half of the twen- 
tieth century. The trapping of sediment 
by dams far outstrips the effects of land 
clearance and construction in displacing 
it; rather, bypassing “an important natural 
filtration system,” storm surges and floods 
carry displaced sediment directly to the 
sea, while large quantities remain trapped 
in reservoirs. The attempt to engineer 
away the smaller tributaries that feed 
the great rivers breaks the “critical links 
between channels and their floodplains” 
and “starves delta systems of necessary 
sediments.” Reservoirs have increased by 
600 or 700% the volume of water held by 
rivers.4 





The map of cities most at risk from ris- 
ing waters resembles a series of beads on 
a necklace threaded along the coastline 
of Asia. One study predicts that by 2070, 
nine out of the ten cities with the most 
people at risk from extreme weather will 
be in Asia—Miami is the only non-Asian 
inclusion. The list includes Kolkata and 
Mumbai in India, Dhaka in Bangladesh, 
Guangzhou and Shanghai in China, Ho 
Chi Minh City and Hai Phong in Vietnam, 
Bangkok in Thailand, and Yangon in Myan- 
mar.®> Each of these cities will confront 
immediately any change in the interaction 


147 


of land and water, winds, and rain over Climate 


Asia’s oceans. In coastal cities along the Change and 
ocean’s rim, climate change compounds 

a cavalcade of risks that are severe inand _ the Future 
of themselves—hasty development driven of the Indian 
by property speculation and new forms oe 


of middle-class consumption, crumbling 
health and sanitary infrastructures, and 
a lack of preparedness and precaution, 
are all symptoms of profound social and 





5. Mangrove conservation project in coastal Tamil Nadu (author’s photo). 





6. Coastal erosion in Tamil Nadu, near Puducherry (author's photo). 


economic inequalities both among and 
within nations.*° 

The scale of the crisis ahead is so 
forbidding that it can seem unfathomable. 
That is where the works featured in /ndian 
Ocean Current come into their own. By 
shifting our attention to a more intimate 
scale, by appealing to our imagination, 
they move us even as they frighten us. 


Climate 
Change and 
the Future 
of the Indian 


Ocean 


They touch on the ways that the fragile 
bonds of culture across the Indian Ocean, 
born of a long and painful history, still 
cohere. Penny Siopis’s remarkable series, 
Warm Waters (110—39)—using glue, ink, 
and oil on paper—forces us to imagine 
possible futures: “What do we imagine?” 
she asks, “Burning? Drowning? Absolute 
alterity?”°7 In the shifting, inchoate forms 
of the figures that rise from the warming 
waters, she invites us to imagine different 
forms of society, different forms of econ- 
omy, different forms of solidarity that can 
show us a way out of catastrophe. 

In 2017, T. M. Krishna—one of the 
most talented vocalists to emerge from 
the Carnatic music tradition of South 
India in recent decades—made a music 
video in cooperation with environmental 
activist Nityanand Jayaraman. Iconoclas- 
tic and forthright, Krishna was already an 
important public voice, outspoken on the 
caste-based discrimination that continues 
to preserve classical music as an elite 
pursuit. His video demonstrates the power 
of art in the face of ecological crisis. The 
song, “Poromboke,” was intended to raise 
awareness and support for the preserva- 
tion and restoration of Ennore Creek, a 
wetland in Chennai that has been eviscer- 
ated by unauthorized construction and 
unregulated dumping (fig. 7). It stands, in 
many ways, as a symbol of the risks faced 
by coastal communities across Asia.*° 


The film is visually striking. Krishna 
and his fellow musicians sit surrounded 
by garbage, by construction equipment, 
by pipes spilling effluent into the Bay of 
Bengal just beyond them, the air is hazy 
from pollution. At the beginning of the 
video, their faces are covered by masks. 
And then Krishna’s powerful voice enters. 
He sings: 


poromboke is not for you, nor 
for me 

it is for the community, it is for 
the earth 


“Poromboke” is a term once used to 
denote common lands: grazing grounds, 
tanks, land shared by the community. The 
lyrics to Krishna’s song trace the semantic 
transformation of the word by colonialism 
and capitalism. Under British admin- 
istration, “poromboke” came to mean 
“wasteland”—lands to be acquired by the 
state for development and improvement. 
It also came to mean “useless person”—in 
common parlance in Tamil, still widely 
used, a “poromboke’” is a wastrel.°9 Mining 
the word for its buried meanings, the song 
urges an ethic of care for the land. Krishna 
sings: 


it was not the rivers that chose 
to flow through cities 

rather, it was around rivers that 
the cities chose to grow 


it is for the community, It is for the earth 


7. T. M. Krishna, “Poromboke,” 2017 (video still). 





148 


Krishna’s song probes a deep cultural and 
literary tradition to evoke attachment to a 
particular patch of land and water. But on 
YouTube his video has found hundreds of 
thousands of viewers around the world— 
touching upon something universal. 

Indian Ocean Current shows us that 
profoundly local attachments to land- 
scapes and memories still map onto 
broader solidarities. They are embedded in 
expansive imaginative and moral geogra- 
phies. They are underpinned by ecological 
as well as cultural connections. These 
remembered pasts, and imagined futures, 
are sustained by collective memory and 
collective action, brought to life in stories, 
song, and art. 





Sunil Amrith is the Mehra Family Professor of South Asian His- 
tory at Harvard University. He works on the history of South and 
Southeast Asia in an Indian Ocean context, with a focus on the 
history of migration and environmental history. He is the author of 
Crossing the Bay of Bengal: The Furies of Nature and the For- 
tunes of Migrants (2013) and Unruly Waters: How Rains, Rivers, 
Coasts, and Seas Have Shaped Asia’s History (2018). Amrith was 
awarded a MacArthur Fellowship in 2017, and the Infosys Prize in 
Humanities in 2016. 


1 Amitav Ghosh, The Great Derangement: Climate Change and the 
Unthinkable (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2016). 


2 G.R. Tibbetts, trans., Arab Navigation in the Indian Ocean before the 
Coming of the Portuguese: Being a Translation of “Kitab al-fawai’dft 
usdl al-bahr wa’I-qawa’id” of Ahmad b. Majid al-Najadt (London: Royal 
Asiatic Society, 1971), 124. 


3 K.N. Chaudhuri, Trade and Civilisation in the Indian Ocean: An 
Economic History from the Rise of Islam to 1750 (Cambridge: CUP, 
1985), 135. 


4 Henry Piddington, The Sailor’s Horn-Book for the Law of Storms 
(London: John Wiley, 1848); description of “storm wave” in Henry 
Piddington, The Horn-Book of Storms for the Indian and China Seas 
(Calcutta: Bishop’s College Press, 1844), 20. 


5 Henry F. Blanford, Meteorology of India: Being the Second Part of 
the Indian Meteorologist’s Vade-Mecum (Calcutta: Government 
Printer, 1877), 48. 


6 Cited in Diana K. Davis, The Arid Lands: History, Power, Knowledge 
(Cambridge: MIT Press, 2016), 83. 


7 Callum Roberts, Ocean of Life: How Our Seas Are Changing (London: 
Allen Lane, 2012), 3. 


8 Roberts, 2. 


9 Auguste Toussaint, History of the Indian Ocean (1961), trans. June 
Guicharnaud (London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1966), 215. 


10 This discussion draws on Sunil Amrith, “The Ocean and the Under- 
ground,” chap. 8 in Unruly Waters: How Rains, Rivers, Coasts, and 
Seas Have Shaped Asia’s History (New York: Basic Books, 2018). 


11 Warren S. Wooster, “Indian Ocean Expedition,” Science 150, no. 
3694 (Oct. 15, 1965): 290-92. 


12 Indian National Committee on Oceanic Research (INCOR), /nter- 
national Indian Ocean Expedition: Indian Scientific Programmes, 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


149 


1962—1965 (New Delhi: Council of Scientific and Industrial Climate 


Research, 1962), 15. Change and 

Klaus Wyrtki, Oceanographic Atlas of the International Indian Ocean the Future 

Expedition (Washington, DC: National Science Foundation, 1971). of the Indian 
Ocean 


Daniel Behrman, Assault on the Largest Unknown: The International 
Indian Ocean Expedition, 1959—65 (Paris: UNESCO Press, 1981), 
64. 


INCOR, Indian Ocean Expedition, 44. 


Gilbert T. Walker, “The Atlantic Ocean,” Quarterly Journal of the 
Royal Meteorological Society 53, no. 222 (Apr. 1927): 113. 


G. E. R. Deacon, “The Indian Ocean Expedition,” Nature 187 (Aug. 
13, 1960): 561-62; INCOR, Indian Ocean Expedition, 12; Wyrtki, 
Atlas, quote on 7. 


Roger Revelle and Hans E. Suess, “Carbon Dioxide Exchange 
between Atmosphere and Ocean and the Question of an Increase 
of Atmospheric CO, during the Past Decades,” Tellus 9 (Feb. 1957): 
18-27, quote on 19—20. On oceanography and the discovery of 
climate change, see Naomi Oreskes, “Changing the Mission: From 
the Cold War to Climate Change,” in Science and Technology in the 
Global Cold War, ed. Naomi Oreskes and John Krige (Cambridge: 
MIT Press, 2014), 141-87. 


Behrman, Assault, 11-12. 


Mathew Koll Roxy et al., “Drying of Indian Subcontinent by Rapid 
Indian Ocean Warming and a Weakening Land-Sea Thermal Gradi- 
ent,” Nature Communications 6 (June 16, 2015), https://doi.org 
/10.1038/ncomms8423. 


Mathew Koll Roxy et al., “The Curious Case of Indian Ocean Warm- 
ing,” Journal of Climate 27, no. 22 (Nov. 4, 2014): 8501-9, https:// 
doi.org/10.1175/jcli-d-14-00471.1. 


Ying Zhang et al., “Strengthened Indonesian Throughflow Drives 
Decadal Warming in the Southern Indian Ocean,” Geophysical 
Research Letters 45 (June 22, 2018): 6167—75, https://doi.org 
/10.1029/2018GL078265. 


V. Ramanathan et al., “The Indian Ocean Experiment and the Asian 
Brown Cloud,” Current Science 83, no. 8 (Oct. 25, 2002): 947—55, 
948. 


Ramanathan et al., 947. 


Ramanathan et al., 948. 


Climate 
Change and 
the Future 
of the Indian 


Ocean 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


37 


38 


39 


Chaudhuri, Trade and Civilisation, 23. 


Ursula L. Kaly, “Review of Land-Based Sources of Pollution to the 
Coastal and Marine Environments of the BOBLME Region,” Bay of 
Bengal Large Marine Ecosystem (BOBLME) Theme Report, Mar. 1 
2004, https://www. boblme.org/documentRepository/Theme_ 
%20Land%20Based%20Pollution%20-%20%20Urusla%20Kaly. pdf, 
14. 


Kaly, 25. 


Charles J. V6rdésmarty et al., “Global Threats to Human Water Secu- 
rity and River Biodiversity,” Nature 467 (Sept. 30, 2010): 555-61. 


United Nations Environment Program (UNEP), “Dead Zones Emerg- 
ing as Big Threat to Twenty-First Century Fish Stocks,” press release 
no. ENV/DEV/758, Mar. 19, 2004, https://Awww.un.org/press/en 
/2004/envdev758.doc.htm. 


John G. Butcher, The Closing of the Frontier: A History of the Marine 
Fisheries of Southeast Asia, c. 1850-2000 (Singapore: Institute of 
Southeast Asian Studies, 2004), 28-29. 


Rachel Carson, Edge of the Sea (Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1955), 
240. 


Roberts, Ocean of Life, 94. 


Charles J. V6rdésmarty et al., “Battling to Save the World’s River Del- 
tas,” Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists 65, no. 2 (Nov. 2009): 31—43. 


Susan Hanson et al., “A Global Ranking of Port Cities with High 
Exposure to Climate Extremes,” Climatic Change 104, no. 1 (Jan. 
2011): 89-111; Orrin H. Pilkey, Linda Pilkey-Jarvis, and Keith C. 
Pilkey, Retreat from a Rising Sea: Hard Choices in an Age of Climate 
Change (New York: Columbia UP, 2016), 65—74. 


Pilkey, Pilkey-Jarvis, and Pilkey, 7O—71. 


“Penny Siopis: Warm Water Imaginaries,” Stevenson, https://www 
stevenson. info/exhibition/3917. 


T. M. Krishna, “Poromboke,” YouTube video, 9:33, posted by Vettiver 
Collective, Jan. 14, 2017, https:/Awww.youtube.com/watch?v 
=82jFyeV5AHM. 


On the history of this transition in Tamil Nadu, see Haruka Yanagi- 
sawa, A Century of Change: Caste and Irrigated Lands in Tamilnadu, 
1860s—1970s (New Delhi: Manohar, 1996) and Prasannan Par- 
thasarathi, “Water and Agriculture in Nineteenth-Century Tamil- 
nad,” in “New Directions in Social and Economic History: Essays in 


150 


Honour of David Washbrook,” ed. Joya Chatterji and Prasannan Par- 
thasarathi, special issue 2, Modern Asian Studies 51 (Mar. 2017): 
485-510. 


7 (b. 1980) was born in Calgary and lives and works 
in Montréal. Waheed’s multidisciplinary practice 
ranges from interactive installations to collage, 
video, sound, and sculpture. Among other issues, 

she explores the nexus between security, surveillance, and the covert networks of power that structure lives 
while also addressing the traumas and alienation of displaced subjects affected by legacies of colonial and 
state violence. Upcoming and recent exhibitions include: Lahore Biennale (2020); Global(e) Resistance, 
Centre Pompidou, Paris (2020); Hold Everything Dear, the Power Plant, Ottawa (2019); 57th Venice Biennale 
(2017); 11th Gwangju Biennale (2016); BALTIC Centre for Contemporary Art, Gateshead (2016); and KW 
Institute for Contemporary Art, Berlin (2015). She was a finalist for the 2016 Sobey Art Award, Canada’s 
preeminent contemporary art prize, and received the 2014 Victor Martyn Lynch-Staunton Award. 

Waheed’s works can be found in the permanent collections of MoMA, New York; National Gallery of Canada, 
Ottawa; British Museum, London; Centre Pompidou; Burger Collection, Hong Kong; and Devi Art Foundation, 
New Delhi. 


Credits: © 2016-17 Hajra Waheed 

All works appear courtesy of Hajra Waheed and belong to the artist. 

Installation views: The Mosaic Rooms, London, 2016 (152); Nanaimo Art Gallery, 2017 (153-55) 
Photos: Vipul Sangoi (152); Sean Fenzl (153-55); Paul Litherland (156—81) 


151 


Hajra Waheed 





Untitled (MAP), 2016 (edition 1/6) 
infographic print on vellum, 304 x 25 in. 


152 


Hajra Waheed 





Untitled (MAP), 2016 (edition 1/6) 
infographic print on vellum, 304 x 25 in. 


153 





Hajra Waheed 





Untitled (MAP), 2016 (edition 1/6) 


304 x 25 in. 


’ 


infographic print on vellum 


154 


Hajra Waheed 





Untitled (MAP), 2016 (edition 1/6) 
infographic print on vellum, 304 x 25 in. 


155 


Hajra Waheed 





iH 
; 
} 
> 


i! 
IH 
p 


li 


’ 


WH 
i 


Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 1—12/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. (each) 


156 


It 


“ 
1] 
iM 
il 





fi 
a 


i 
I 
te 
MY 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 13—24/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. (each) 


157 


i 


i 


{ 


; 
\4 
} 
' 


| 
{| 


Hajra Waheed 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 1/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


158 


Hajra Waheed 





AY 
m3 
b> 


Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 2/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


159 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 3/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


160 


Hajra Waheed 








Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 4/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


161 


Hajra Waheed 


ese —— ee 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 5/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


162 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 6/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


163 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 7/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


164 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 8/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


165 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 9/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


166 


Hajra Waheed 


ert. ta eT ee 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 10/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


167 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 11/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


168 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 12/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


169 


Hajra Waheed 





eS - anes! 
Wry? “yy” ots 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 13/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


170 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 14/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


171 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 15/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


172 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 16/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


173 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 17/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


174 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 18/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


175 


Hajra Waheed 


— 


af 





— 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 19/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


176 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 20/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


177 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1—24, 2017 (detail, 21/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


178 


Hajra Waheed 





=e : 
22 Zen 


Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 22/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


179 


Hajra Waheed 


Rea ae 


eretenttiGiroancs, 





Sr AS OU sh ee 


23 es4 


Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 23/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


180 


Hajra Waheed 





Strata 1-24, 2017 (detail, 24/24) 
cut Letratone and Mylar, ink and archival tape on paper, 12.2 x 17.9 in. 


181 


The State of the Indian Ocean: A 


scientific Perspective 


Zara Currimjee 


In discussing her series Warm Waters (110-39), Penny Siopis grapples with the 
future of our world with climate change. Siopis asks: “With global warming, what do we 
imagine? Burning? Drowning? Absolute alterity? And what forms—or formlessnesses— 
do we imagine this through?”?! | too, a young person from the island nation of Mau- 
ritius, confront these questions. | seek answers from the world of science, however, 
which | have studied and know. 

Growing up, | was taught that the Indian Ocean was the bridge between Europe 
and the silks and spices of the East. It was an ocean crossed by many, starting early. 
We learned the story of the Portuguese captain Vasco da Gama, who in 1498 rounded 
the Cape of Good Hope and found a sea route to the Indian Ocean. With the help of a 
navigator, Majid, he succeeded in reaching western India and in 1499 he returned to 
Portugal and described to the royal family everything he had seen: gold, ivory, porce- 
lain, silks, and cottons being bought and sold in the port cities along the east coast of 
Africa and the west coast of India. 

Vasco da Gama was not the only one to cross the Indian Ocean. Arabs, Indians, 
Portuguese, Dutch, French, and British established themselves all along the Indian 
Ocean rim as traders and conquerors. While these settlers undertook scientific investi- 
gations, those were secondary to the pursuit of economic and political interests. 

The first comprehensive scientific exploration of the Indian Ocean began only 
fifty years ago. The International Indian Ocean Expedition (1959-65) is, to this day, 
considered one of the greatest oceanographic expeditions. The Expedition was a truly 
interdisciplinary effort, embracing meteorology, geophysics, physical and chemical 
oceanography, and marine biology and geology. Results from the hydrographic sur- 
veys undertaken during this expedition dramatically advanced our understanding of 
monsoon variability and dynamics and described for the first time the complex surface 
ocean circulation that emerges in response to monsoon seasons. 

Years later, in 2014, scientists in Pune, India published a study revealing that the 
western Indian Ocean has been warming for more than a century at a rate faster than 
any other region of the tropical oceans.? The reasons behind this steady heating are 
still debated but the results reveal that the warming of the western Indian Ocean is the 
largest contributor to the increase in global mean sea surface temperatures (fig. 1). In 
2018, scientists from Austin, Texas, examined geological records and published their 
research showing that the Indian Ocean had a much larger impact on climate change 


183 





Beek # BG 


1. Observed mean sea surface temperatures (SST) in Indian Ocean (Roxy et 


al., “Indian Ocean Warming,” fig. 2). 


during the last ice age than previously 
thought. The scientists behind the study 
now fear that history could repeat itself.* 
Despite these most recent findings, 
the Indian Ocean remains the least 
studied ocean on our planet. While there 
is still much to learn about the ocean, sci- 
entists and policy makers know enough 
to warn us that it and its coastal regions 
are under rising environmental pressures. 
Moreover, we now also know that signif- 
icant portions of the Indian Ocean are 
among the most highly impacted marine 
ecosystems on Earth, and the littoral 
countries along the Indian Ocean rim are 


The State of 
the Indian 
Ocean: 

A Scientific 


Perspective 






—— 


INDIAN OCEAN 
FOOD WEB 


counted among the world’s most vulnera- 
ble to coastal environmental risks. 

The rest of this essay will examine 
what we know about the future of the 
Indian Ocean with climate change, and 
what we do not. 


The Indian Ocean 


The Indian Ocean is the third largest 
ocean. It goes from the southern tip of 
Africa all the way in the west to Australia 
in the east. North to south it runs from 
the Indian landmass to Antarctica. Unlike 
the Atlantic and the Pacific, it is not con- 
nected to the Arctic and almost resem- 
bles a massive lake. The Indian Ocean 
is about six times the size of the United 
States, and even though it is the newest 
ocean on Earth, it is nearly sixty-five mil- 
lion years old. 

In the roughly seventy-five million 
square kilometers that the Indian Ocean 
covers there are nine distinct marine eco- 
systems: the Agulhas Current, the Somali 
Coastal Current, the Red Sea, the Arabian 
Sea, the Bay of Bengal, the Gulf of Thai- 
land, the West Central Australian Shelf, 
the Northwest Australian Shelf, and the 
Southwest Australian Shelf. The Indian 
Ocean is also home to four biodiversity 


2. Indian Ocean food web (Zeynep Alta). 


_ 


hot spots located in southwest Africa, 
southern India and Sri Lanka, Southeast 
Asia, and western Australia. Thirty-five 
thousand marine species coexist in the 
Indian Ocean and of all the 793 coral spe- 
cies known worldwide, 719 are found in 
the Indo-West Pacific region.® 

The Indian Ocean comprises over 
30% of the planet’s ocean area and it is 
rimmed by thirty-six littoral and eleven 
hinterland nations. Indian Ocean rim 
countries are home to approximately 
30% of the world’s population with many 
of their citizens highly dependent on the 
ocean for their livelihoods and wellbeing. 
The yearly value of ecosystem services 
provided by the Persian Gulf, the eastern 
coast of India, the Bay of Bengal, South- 
east Asia, the western Australian coast, 
and the Indian Ocean’s small island 
states is among the highest in the world.’ 
These goods and services include: 


Fisheries 


Indian Ocean fisheries supplied 
about 14.6% of the world catch of 77.4 
million tons in 2010.8 People rely on fish 
for jobs; in Indonesia alone, fishing and 
fish farming employ approximately six 
million.? People also, just as importantly, 
rely on fish for food. It is 
estimated that in Egypt, 
Malaysia, Mozambique, the 
Seychelles, Singapore, Tan- 
zania, and Thailand, 20% 
or more of animal protein in 
local diets comes from fish. 
In Bangladesh, Comoros, 
Indonesia, Maldives, and 
Sri Lanka, that percent 
increases to more than 
half.1° 





Tourism 


Coastal and marine 
tourism contribute 
immensely to the economies 
of Indian Ocean countries. 
This is especially true in 
small island states that rely 
on healthy coral reefs and 


184 


pristine beaches and seas for tourism. In 
the western Indian Ocean, coastal and 
marine tourism account for $14.3 billion 
annually. 


Carbon Sequestration and Coastal 
Protection 


Indian Ocean ecosystems support 
economic activity and offer associated 
benefits for people and industry. Many 
services provided by marine ecosys- 
tems are intangible and the benefits are 
non-market products, including carbon 
sequestration as well as water filtration 
and coastal protection from mangroves, 
seagrass, and wetlands. 


What Is at Risk 
Marine Food Webs 


In the summer, phytoplankton 
blooms cover the surface of the western 
Indian Ocean. Phytoplankton are import- 
ant because they help regulate climate 
and also form the base of the marine food 
web; countless species of fish depend on 
phytoplankton for their food (fig. 2). 

According to scientists at the Indian 
Institute of Tropical Meteorology in Pune, 
rapid warming of the Indian Ocean has 
reduced phytoplankton populations by 
as much as 20%.'2 As waters warm, the 
churning of surface water and nutri- 
ent-rich deep waters slows down. This 
prevents nutrients from reaching the sur- 
face where the plankton receive sufficient 
light for photosynthesis. As a conse- 
quence, rising sea surface temperatures 
reduce the availability of a fundamental 
building block of life in the Indian Ocean 
with cascading effects through the entire 
food web. This is leading to falling pop- 
ulations of fish and other animals in the 
Indian Ocean. 

According to the United Nations Food 
and Agriculture Organization, the Indian 
Ocean accounts for 20% of the total 
global tuna catch, especially the most 
valuable bigeye tuna.!? Tuna catches 
in the Indian Ocean have declined by 
50—90% in the past half century. Indus- 


trial overfishing is responsible for much 
of that decline. However, scientists warn 
that reduced levels of phytoplankton will 
be an additional stressor on the tuna pop- 
ulation. This overexploitation can easily 
lead to a point of no return and species 
extinction, not only for tuna, but for many 
other varieties of fish in the Indian Ocean. 


Coral Reefs 


Warming sea waters, caused by 
climate change and extreme climatic 
events, also threaten the stability of tropi- 
cal coral reefs. 

Scientists at the University of Exeter 
found that higher ocean temperatures 
during the 2016 El Nifio led to the die- 
off of coral in the Maldives.'4 The most 
alarming aspect of coral die-off is that 
it leads to a calamitous decline in the 
growth of reefs. Before the warming 
event, the reefs were growing rapidly, but 
after the heat wave the growth collapsed, 
threatening the structural stability of the 
reefs. This reduces the resilience of these 
reefs and makes them more vulnerable 
to future heat waves, which are likely to 
increase in intensity and frequency as a 
consequence of global warming (fig. 3). 

The loss of coral reefs has serious 
consequences. Coral reefs are fish 
nurseries, providing shelter for countless 
newly hatched fish. Their destruction 
means shrinking adult populations and 
declining catches. Coral reef-associated 
fisheries sustain the livelihoods, food 
security, and protein intake of many 
small-scale fishers in the region. The 
destruction of coral reefs also leads to 
decreased biodiversity as well as weak- 
ened shoreline protection. 


Northern Indian Ocean Coastal 
Communities 


Since 1880, sea levels around the 
world have risen on average by 0.07 
inches per year. However, in recent 
years, scientists have observed a much 
more accelerated rise in sea level in 
the north Indian Ocean." Data on tides 
show that the north Indian Ocean has 


risen by 0.12 inches per year for the last 
three decades, nearly double the global 
average. 

Many of the world’s most vulnerable 
coastal populations are in the northern 
Indian Ocean and, for many years, scien- 
tists could not explain why that section of 
the ocean was rising so fast. 

A study from 2017 provides a com- 
pelling explanation. It argues that the 
swift rise is due to a weakening of the 
Indian monsoon. Summer monsoon winds 
and rainfall have decreased in frequency 
and intensity in the last seventy years. 

In the summer, the coming of the mon- 
soon moves heat from the northern 
Indian Ocean to the southern, but the 
weakening of the monsoon has slowed 
that heat transfer. As a result, the north- 
ern sections of the ocean have warmed 
disproportionately, inducing seawater 
molecules to heat up and swell in a phe- 
nomenon known as thermal expansion. 
Unlike other oceans, where sea level rise 
is caused primarily by melting continen- 
tal ice sheets, the Indian Ocean’s rise is 
driven largely by thermal expansion. 

Jakarta, the capital of Indonesia, is at 
particular risk. The city is so vulnerable 
to rising seas that in May 2019 Indone- 
sia’s president-elect announced a plan to 
move the capital.!© Researchers predict 
that by 2050, 95% of northern Jakarta 
could be submerged. Global warming is 
not the only reason for the massive floods 
that engulf Jakarta regularly. The city is 
also sinking, and more quickly than any 
other big city on the planet. The sinking— 
at a rate of about ten inches per year—is 
due to a combination of the illegal drilling 
of wells and the weight of the capital’s 
buildings. The wells have drained the 
underground aquifers on which the city 
sits. 

While the situation in Jakarta is 
extreme, many other Indian Ocean cities 
face having to adapt to rising seas. Some 
2.6 billion people, or about 40% of the 
global population, live in and around the 
Indian Ocean. Several cities in India, such 
as Chennai and Mumbai, with thousands 


185 


of slum settlements along the coast, are _—‘he State of 


threatened by submergement. the Indian 
In addition to big cities, many small 

island states, including Mauritius, Ocean: 

Comoros, Maldives, and the Seychelles, A Scientific 

are in the Indian Ocean. As one of the ; 

lowest-lying countries on Earth, the Perspective 


Maldives is especially vulnerable to sea 
level rise. Aside from their unfavorable 





3. Coral bleaching in the Maldives, May 2016 (The Ocean Agency/XL Catlin 
Seaview Survey/Richard Vever). 


topography, the islands that comprise 
the Maldives are threatened because 
much of their critical infrastructure is 
located within one hundred meters of 
the ocean.’” In recent years, the citizens 
of the Maldives have been subjected to 
more intense rainfall, higher cyclonic 
winds, and larger storm surges. The 
government has been working to make 
infrastructure more resilient and relocat- 
ing residents of low-lying atolls. 


Southern Indian Ocean Coastal 
Communities 


The southern Indian Ocean is 
warming quickly as well. Regions where 
ocean temperatures reached 26.5°C 
(the temperature that facilitates tropical 
cyclone formation) are now experienc- 
ing water temperatures of 30—32°C. 8 
Climate change models predict more 
intense tropical cyclones with these water 
temperatures. However, the dynamics of 
storm formation in the Indian Ocean were 
poorly understood until a study published 


The State of 
the Indian 
Ocean: 

A Scientific 


Perspective 


in 2018 by a researcher at the University 
of the Witwatersrand in Johannesburg 
showed that with the warming, tropical 
cyclones are less frequent, but high-in- 
tensity level five storms are more com- 
mon.?9 

Mozambique, an underdeveloped 
country with a long coastline, is espe- 
cially vulnerable to storms. In March 
2019, Idai was one of the most severe 
storms to have ever made landfall in 





4. Flood waters in Buzi District, Mozambique after Cyclone Idai, Mar. 21, 
2019 (Siphiwe Sibeko/Reuters). 


that country and one of the most deadly 
tropical cyclones to make landfall on the 
African continent (fig. 4). 

Six weeks later, Kenneth, a category 
four tropical cyclone, struck the border 


zone between Mozambique and Tanzania. 


Kenneth was the most northerly cyclone 
to make landfall in Mozambique and 
the first to ever strike Tanzania. It was 
also unusual to have two severe tropical 
cyclones so late in the season, which 
usually runs from January to March. 
The impact of those two storms 
on Mozambique was disastrous and 
left close to 2.2 million people in need 
of urgent assistance. Many were left 
stranded with no homes, food, water, or 
basic infrastructure.2° There were out- 
breaks of communicable diseases, with 
cholera of most concern. More frequent 
storms pose a grave threat to southern 
Indian Ocean coastal countries and 
island states. The increased risks are a 


result of strong winds, heavy rainfall, and 
ocean surges associated with category 
five storms. 

The developing countries and small 
island states in the region cannot afford 
large investment in infrastructure adap- 
tation to protect against the threats of 
tropical cyclones. In any given year, only 
about 5% of the tropical cyclones that 
form in the southern Indian Ocean make 
landfall. However, they invariably have 
devastating impacts on the livelihoods, 
economies, and environments of the 
countries affected. 


The Poorly Understood Ocean 


Some of the most severe impacts 
of climate change are being felt and will 
continue to be felt in the Indian Ocean. 
As | write this essay, the Washington Post 
is reporting on Cyclone Kyarr, a storm on 
the brink of category five status that is 
threatening the Arabian Sea. The journal- 
ist writes: “Cyclone Kyarr is a monster. 
The Indian Ocean beast—dubbed a top- 
tier ‘super cyclonic storm’ by the Indian 
Meteorological Department—is the first 
storm of such intensity to rage in the 
Arabian Sea in 12 years.”2! 

On December 26, 2004, | became 
aware of and came to fear the destructive 
power of the sea. On that day, a mag- 
nitude 9.1 earthquake struck beneath 
the Indian Ocean, generating a mas- 
sive tsunami that claimed more than 
230,000 lives in fourteen countries. It 
was one of the deadliest natural disasters 
ever recorded. While Mauritius was not 
affected by that tsunami, | was afraid 
of a wall of water coming from nowhere 
and taking my home and neighborhood 
away. It haunted me. Today, | know 
there is much more than tsunamis to 
fear and much more that can take our 
homes away. Deadly floods, category five 
cyclones, sea level rise, and the biggest 
of all: climate change. 

| have seen the Indian Ocean change 
dramatically in my lifetime, and | am 
only in my twenties. All scientists agree 
that these changes are not about to end. 


186 


Despite recent gains in knowledge, the 
Indian Ocean remains poorly understood. 
In the face of climate change, the Indian 
Ocean will be a hot topic of conversa- 
tion. We will need much more than talk 
though. | hope the Indian Ocean can— 
like it has done so well for so long—bring 
people together, not displace individuals 
and drive communities apart. 





Zara Currimjee, born and raised in Mauritius, manages the office 
of the CEO at Oceana, the largest advocacy organization focused 
solely on ocean conservation in the world. She holds an MA in 
international environmental policy from the Middlebury Institute 
of International Studies and a BA in environmental biology and 
maritime studies from Williams College. At Oceana she previously 
worked on feasibility studies and campaigned against harmful 
fisheries subsidies. Currimjee co-produced Vey nou Lagon, an 
award-winning documentary that shows how fishermen forged 
solutions to the fisheries crisis in Mauritius. She has also designed 
and implemented sustainable financing mechanisms for ocean 
management in small Caribbean islands with the Waitt Institute. 


1 “Penny Siopis: Warm Water Imaginaries,” Stevenson, https://www 
stevenson. info/exhibition/3917. 


2 Raleigh R. Hood, Michael J. McPhaden, and Ed Urban, “New Indian 
Ocean Program Builds on a Scientific Legacy,” EOS, Transactions, 
American Geophysical Union 95, no. 39 (Sept. 2014): 349-60. 


3 Mathew Koll Roxy et al., “The Curious Case of Indian Ocean Warm- 
ing,” Journal of Climate 27, no. 22 (Nov. 4, 2014): 8501-9, https:// 
doi.org/10.1175/jcli-d-14-00471.1. 


4  PedroN. Dinezio et al., “Glacial Changes in Tropical Climate Ampli- 
fied by the Indian Ocean,” Science Advances 4, no. 12 (Dec. 12, 
2018), https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.aat9658. 


5 David Michel, “Environmental Pressures in the Indian Ocean,” in 
Indian Ocean Rising: Maritime Security and Policy Challenges, ed. 
David Michel and Russell Sticklor (Washington, DC: Stimson, July 
2012), 115, https://www.stimson.org/content/indian-ocean-rising 
-maritime-security-and-policy-challenges. 


6 Mohideen Wafar et al., “State of Knowledge of Coastal and Marine 
Biodiversity of Indian Ocean Countries,” PLOS ONE 6, no. 1 (Jan. 
31, 2011), https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0014613. 


7 David Obura et al., Reviving the Western Indian Ocean Economy: 
Actions for a Sustainable Future (Gland: WWF International, 2017), 
64, https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents 
/13692WWF2. pdf. 


8 _ The State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture 2010 (Rome: Food and 
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, FAO Fisheries and 
Aquaculture Department, 2010), 11, http:/Awww.fao.org/3/i1820e 
/i1820e00.htm. 


9 Fisheries and Aquaculture, 30. 


10 Fisheries and Aquaculture, 65. 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


187 


Obura et al., Western Indian Ocean Economy, 7. The State of 


the Indian 
Mathew Koll Roxy et al., “A Reduction in Marine Primary Produc- 
tivity Driven by Rapid Warming over the Tropical Indian Ocean,” Ocean: 
Geophysical Research Letters 43 (Dec. 18, 2015): 826-33, https:// _A Scientific 
doi.org/10.1002/2015gl066979. ; 
Perspective 


Fisheries and Aquaculture, 35. 


“Impacts of Mass Coral Die-Off on Indian Ocean Reefs Revealed,” 
ScienceDaily, Feb. 20, 2017, https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases 
/2017/02/170220190632.htm. 


P. Swapna et al., “Multidecadal Weakening of Indian Summer Mon- 
soon Circulation Induces an Increasing Northern Indian Ocean Sea 
Level,” Geophysical Research Letters 44 (Sept. 17, 2017): 10560— 
72, https://doi.org/10.1002/2017g1074706. 


Matt Simon, “Jakarta Is Sinking: Now Indonesia Has to Find a New 
Capital,” Wired, May 2, 2019, https://www.wired.com/story/jakarta 
-is-sinking/. 


Hartwig Schafer, “Bracing for Climate Change Is a Matter of Survival 
for the Maldives,” World Bank Blogs, Jan. 20, 2019, https://blogs. 
worldbank.org/endpovertyinsouthasia/bracing-climate-change 
-matter-survival-maldives. 


Tim P. Barnett et al., “Penetration of Human-Induced Warming into 
the World’s Oceans,” Science 309, no. 5732 (Aug. 2005): 284—87, 
https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1112418. 


Jennifer M. Fitchett, “Recent Emergence of CAT5 Tropical Cyclones 
in the South Indian Ocean,” South African Journal of Science 114, 
nos. 11—12 (2018): 1-6, https://dx.doi.org/10.17159/sajs.2018 
/4426. 


“Cyclones Idai and Kenneth,” OCHA, 2019, https://www.unocha.org 
/southern-and-eastern-africa-rosea/cyclones-idai-and-kenneth. 


Matthew Cappucci, “Category 4 Kyarr Is the Strongest Cyclone 
over the Arabian Sea in 12 Years,” Washington Post, Oct. 28, 2019, 
https:/Awww.washingtonpost.com/weather/2019/10/28/category 
-kyarr-is-strongest-cyclone-over-arabian-sea-years/. 





4 
i 


Si 
ya on Si auaHL quan y3duoa Of = 


se 

“~* , 

wad syan #20208 08 19° 3 
oe 


good ( 
oF sie"! aut 


— 1 ol 
: ral 

gF ouog on si au: eo Caliah ae 
% i 3USH YBQUOS ON SI INIA aya = 


: : 


& 408 ON SI 3U3HL ee 
2 “ 


Y3GHOG ON SI 3UIHL 3YIH YIGYOR ON 
: 


ON Si aNaHL 3 SORDER HERE 

=z 
a? 

a S 

S 

3 

S 

os 

& 


quan ¥a0! B ON Si 


RE IS NO BOR 


= 3y3h HAGUE ON SI SS 
2 


aya waquod ON St auaHt 3uaH 


si swan guan yaquod on St 38 


sqquo on St auaHt quan wade 


. 


1 ayos on 2 al 3uaH } 


= 
E 
aah Wad f§ ON Si 3uSHL 


yaquod ON Si 3UaHL 3u3H & 


iL quan uaquod ON St 3uaH 


—_— 


14OG ON SI SUSHI 3YIH WAC 
- 


nit Py 


ae 


=e > Rieder 
—* a 
See 


! " bet rT be 
" : Pe A Noah, a nkigny - f 
a ) : m nee a wl tor = 
At Ft BS ie "ah he a 2. Yetta 
‘ * v 5 Ree Sart ee ; 
% Ose i 


: * 26a ete. F 
. a ces” " "tat 
TPE, ‘ , ‘ + 7 = ‘ ‘ | 
:: ys arly ; b t he ; 


Susy 


- . : : eS ee! 
ne ; =F F ee | ene - 
LPP, pr ae . 


ie dee ont fare a 


5 ee a it CRY mee cer ver 4 ide, ” 
. vi ' et ae Pe 
Perera ks : boride, CM eealtinns Sony <4 rot 
Se ta aed, lcs Gis Zz eats ot 

: i aa a or 





ISBN 978-1-892850-40-9 


1892"8504